PRESIDENT'S ORDER NO. 7 OF 2015

SALARY OF JUDGES OF THE SUPREME COURT ORDER, 2015

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 25th November, 2015]

No. F. 2(2)/2015-Pub., dated 24.11.2015.--The following President’s Order promulgated by the President is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS, under first paragraph of the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, relating to the Supreme Court, such higher salary other than that specified in the said paragraph shall be paid to a Judge of the Supreme Court as the President may, from time to time, determine;

Now, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred by the aforesaid paragraph, the President of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan is pleased to make the following Order:--

1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) This Order may be called the Salary of Judges of the Supreme Court Order, 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once and shall be deemed to have taken effect on and from the first day of July, 2015.

2.  Salary.--There shall be paid to the Chief Justice of Pakistan a salary of Rs. 699,627 per mensem and to every other Judge of the Supreme Court a salary of Rs. 660,908 per mensem.

3.  Repeal.--The Salary of Judges of Superior Courts Order, 2015 (P.O. No. 2 of 2015), in its application to the Judges of the Supreme Court, is hereby repealed.

------------------------------

PRESIDENT'S ORDER NO. 8 OF 2015

SALARY OF JUDGES OF THE HIGH COURTS ORDER, 2015

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 25th November, 2015]

No. F. 2(2)/2015-Pub., dated 24.11.2015.--The following President’s Order promulgated by the President is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS under first paragraph of the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, relating to the High Courts, such higher salary other than that specified in the said paragraph shall be paid to a Judge of a High Court as the President may, from time to time, determine;

Now, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred by the aforesaid paragraph, the President of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan is pleased to make the following Order:--

1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) This Order may be called the Salary of Judges of the High Courts Order, 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once and shall be deemed to have taken effect on and from the first day of July, 2015.

2.  Salary.--There shall be paid to the Chief Justice of a High Court a salary of Rs. 648,436 per mensem and to every other Judge of a High Court a salary of Rs. 623,497 per mensem.

3.  Repeal.--The Salary of Judges of Superior Courts, Order, 2015 (P.O. No. 2 of 2015), in its application to the Judges of the High Courts, is hereby repealed.

----------------------

PRESIDENT'S ORDER No. 9 OF 2015

SUPREME COURT JUDGES (LEAVE,
PENSION AND PRIVILEGES) (AMENDMENT) ORDER, 2015

An Order further to amend the Supreme Court Judges (Leave, Pension and Privileges) Order, 1997

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 25th November, 2015]

No. F. 2(2)/2015-Pub., dated 24.11.2015.--The following President’s Order promulgated by the President is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient further to amend the Supreme Court Judges (Leave, Pension and Privileges) Order, 1997 (P.O. No. 2 of 1997), for the purposes hereinafter appearing;

Now, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred by the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, the President of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan is pleased to make the following Order:--


1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) This Order may be called the Supreme Court Judges (Leave, Pension and Privileges) (Amendment) Order, 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once and shall be deemed to have taken effect on and from the first day of July, 2015.

2.  Amendment of Paragraph 22, P.O. No. 2 of 1997.--In the Supreme Court Judges (Leave, Pension and Privileges) Order, 1997 (P.O. No. 2 of 1997), in Paragraph 22, for the words “two hundred eighty four thousand nine hundred ten”, the words “three hundred six thousand two hundred seventy-eight”' shall be substituted.

-----------------------------

PRESIDENT'S ORDER NO. 10 OF 2015

HIGH COURT JUDGES (LEAVE, PENSION AND PRIVILEGES) (AMENDMENT) ORDER, 2015

An Order further to amend the High Court Judges (Leave, Pension and Privileges) Order, 1997

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 25th November, 2015]

No. F. 2(2)/2015-Pub., dated 24.11.2015.--The following President’s Order promulgated by the President is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient further to amend the High Court Judges (Leave, Pension and Privileges) Order, 1997 (P.O. No. 3 of 1997), for the purposes hereinafter appearing;

Now, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred by the Fifth Schedule to the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, the President of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan is pleased to make the following Order:--

(1)  Short title and commencement.--This Order may be called the High Court Judges (Leave, Pension and Privileges) (Amendment) Order, 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once and shall be deemed to have taken effect on and from the first day of July, 2015.

2.  Amendment of Paragraph 23, P.O. No. 3 of 1997.--In the High Court Judges (Leave, Pension and Privileges) Order, 1997 (P.O. No. 3 of 1997), in Paragraph 23, for the words “two hundred twenty seven thousand nine hundred twenty eight”, the words “two hundred forty-five thousand twenty-three shall be substituted.

--------------------------------


ORDINANCE NO. XVIII OF 2015

SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONES (AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE, 2015

An Ordinance further to amend the Special Economic Zones Act, 2012

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 7th December, 2015]

No. F. 2(1)/2015-Pub., dated 7.12.2015.--The following Ordinance promulgated by the President is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient further to amend the Special Economic Zones Act, 2012 (XX of 2012), for the purposes hereinafter appearing;

AND WHEREAS, the Senate and the National Assembly are not in session and the President is satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary to take immediate action;

Now THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred by Clause (1) of Article 89 of the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, the President is pleased to make and promulgate the following Ordinance:--

1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) This Ordinance may be called the Special Economic Zones (Amendment) Ordinance, 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once.

2.  Amendment of Section 3, Act XX of 2012.--In the Special Economic Zones Act, 2012 (XX of 2012), hereinafter referred to as the said Act, in Section 3, for Clause (n), the following shall be substituted, namely: --

“(n)    “Special Economic Zone” or “(SEZ)” means a geographically defined and delimited area which has been approved and notified by the BOA;”.

3.  Amendment of Section 15, Act XX of 2012.--In the said Act, in Section 15,--

(i)       for sub-section (2), the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“(2)     From the commencement of the Special Economic Zones (Amendment) Ordinance, 2015, only new entrants and new industries that are setup after the establishment of the SEZ may avail SEZ enterprise benefits under this Act.”, and

(ii)      sub-Sections (3), (4) and (5) shall be omitted.

4.  Amendment of Section 16, Act XX of 2012.--In the said Act, in Section 16,--

(i)       sub-section (1) shall be omitted; and

(ii)      sub-section (2) and sub-section (3) shall be renumbered as sub-section (1) and sub-section (2), respectively.

5.  Omission of Section 33, Act XX of 2012.--In the said Act, Section 33 shall be omitted.

6.  Amendment of Section 36, Act XX of 2012.--In the said Act, in Section 36,--

(i)       for Clause (a), the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“(a)     one time exemption from all custom-duties and taxes on plant and machinery imported into Pakistan except the items listed under Chapter 87 of the Pakistan Customs Tariff, for the setting up of an SEZ subject to verification by the BOI;” and

(ii)      in Clause (b), for the word “Exemption” occurring in the beginning, the word “exemption” shall be substituted and for the word '“ten” the word “five” shall be substituted.

3.  Amendment of Section 37, Act XX of 2012.--In the said Act, in Section 37,--

(i)       for Clause (a), the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“(a)     one time exemption from custom-duties and taxes on import of plant and machinery into SEZ except items listed under Chapter 87 of the Pakistan Customs Tariff, for installation in that zone enterprise subject to verification by the BOI;” and

(ii)      for Clause (b), the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“(b)     exemption from all taxes on income for enterprises commencing commercial production by the thirtieth June, 2020, in the SEZs for the next ten years:


          Provided that exemption from all taxes on income for those zone enterprises or firms which commence commercial production after the aforesaid date shall be for the next five years.”.

---------------------------

ACT NO. XII OF 2015

NATIONAL TARIFF COMMISSION ACT, 2015

An Act to reform and repeal the National Tariff Commission Act, 1990

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 10th September, 2015]

No. F. 22(15)/2015-Legis., dated 8.9.2015.--The following Act of Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) received the assent of the President on the 5th September, 2015 and is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient to provide for certain reforms in the National Tariff Commission by repealing the National tariff Commission Act, 1990 (VI of 1990), and re-enacting it for the purposes hereinafter appearing;

It is hereby enacted as follows:--

1.  Short title, extent and commencement.--(1) This Act may be called the National Tariff Commission Act, 2015.

(2)  It extends to the whole of Pakistan.

(3)  It shall come into force at once.

2.     Definitions.--In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,--

(a)      “Commission” means the National Tariff Commission established under Section 3;

(b)      “Interested party” means any party having interest in the product under investigation including domestic producers, importers, consumers, exporters, foreign producers, trade or business associations of the investigated product or such other persons or group of persons as the Commission may specifically through notification in official Gazette;

(c)      “Member” means a member of the National Tariff Commission and included the Chairman;

(d)      “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(e)      “Repealed Act” mean the National Tariff Commission Act, 1990 (VI of 1990);

(f)       “Trade Remedy Laws” includes the Anti-Dumping Law, the Countervailing Duties Law and the Safeguard Measures Law fox the time being in force.

3.     Continuation of National Tariff Commission.--The National Tariff Commission established by the Repealed Act shall be deemed to have been established under this Act, notwithstanding the repeal of the “Repealed Act”, the Commission shall be deemed to have been validly constituted, subject to Section 5, under this Act and shall continue to perform its functions accordingly.

4.     Constitution of the Commission.--(1) The Commission shall comprise five members, appointed by the Federal Government in the prescribed manner. The Federal Government shall appoint one of the members to be Chairman of the Commission.

(2)      The Commission shall be a body corporate having perpetual succession and a common seal. It shall have the authority and duty to exercise the functions assigned to it by or pursuant to this Act or any other law for the time being in force, shall have the power and authority to acquire, hold and dispose of property, both movable and immovable, in its own name, shall have the power and authority to open a personal ledger account in its own name and may sue and be sued in its own name.

(3)      The head office of the Commission shall be at Islamabad and the Commission may establish offices at such places as it may deem necessary.

(4)  No act, proceeding or decision of the Commission shall be invalid by reason only of the existence of a vacancy or defect in the Constitution of the Commission.

5.     Qualification and eligibility of members.--(1) All members of the Commission shall be citizens of Pakistan and shall be employed with the Commission on a full-time basis.

(2)      A member of the Commission shall,--

(a)      have at least a masters or professional degree or qualification from an accredited university or institute in international trade laws, business and commercial laws, economics, accountancy, tariffs and trade, commerce and trade, or a trade-related subject; knowledge of trade remedy Laws would be an advantage; and

(b)      have at least fifteen years of professional work experience in international trade law, business and commercial laws, economics, accountancy, harmonized tariffs, commerce and trade, tariffs and trade or other trade-related technical field; direct work experience in trade remedy laws would be an advantage.

(3)      The Federal Government shall select upto two members from the Commission’s experienced technical officers provided that they meet the eligibility and qualification requirements specified in sub-Sections (1) and (2).

6.     Disqualification.--(1) No person shall be appointed or continue as member or an employee of the Commission if such person;

(a)      has been convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude;

(b)      has been or is adjudged insolvent;

(c)      is incapable of discharging his duties by reasons of physical, physiological or, mental unfitness and has been so declared by a duly constituted Medical Board appointed by the Federal Government;

(d)      fails to disclose any conflict of interest at or within the time provided for such disclosure by or under this Act or contravenes any of the provisions of this Act pertaining to unauthorized disclosure of information.

7.     Term of office.--(1) The Chairman and members of the Commission shall hold office for a term of five years. That term shall be extendable by one year unless the Federal Government directs otherwise.

(2)  If the Chairman’s position becomes vacant, the Federal Government shall appoint and notify a new member or may designate and notify the most senior member as Chairman. In the absence of either notification, the most senior member, in terms of service in the Commission, shall perform the duties and functions of the Chairman.

8.  Function of the Commission.--(1) The functions of the Commission shall be to advise the Federal Government on,--

(a)      tariff and other trade measures to,--

(i)       provide assistance to the domestic industry; and

(ii)      improve the competitiveness of the domestic industry;

(b)      trade remedy actions being faced by domestic producers and exporters;

(c)      rationalization of tariff and proposals for tariff reform;

(d)      removal of tariff anomalies; and

(e)      any other matter relating to tariff or trade measures that the Federal Government may refer to the Commission.

(2)      In addition to the functions specified in sub-section (1), the Commission shall also perform such functions with respect to international trade and other matters that may be assigned to it by the trade remedy laws or any other law for the time being in force.

(3)      Where the Federal Government has adopted the recommendations of the Commission in whole or part, the Commission shall periodically review the effect of such recommendations and in consequence of the review may give further recommendations to the Federal Government.

(4)      The Commission shall advise, where possible, the domestic exporters and producers facing trade remedy investigations abroad.

(5)      The Commission shall assist the Federal Government at the World Trade Organization dispute settlement body in respect of matters pertaining to the Trade Remedy Laws, WTO Covered Agreements and disputes under other trade agreements. The Federal Government may hire the services of a qualified and experienced international trade lawyer or international trade consultant for this purpose on a case-to-case basis.

(6)      The Commission may undertake research to facilitate effective implementation of Trade Remedy Laws and tariff rationalisation, in a manner to be prescribed.

9.     Power of Commission to make inquiries on application.--(1) In addition to the matters falling within the scope of the Trade Remedy Laws or any other law, the Commission may initiate inquiries or investigations under this Act on,--

(a)      an application that has been submitted by or on behalf of the domestic industry in the prescribed form and accompanied by the prescribed fee;

(b)      a reference received by it from the Federal Government; or

(c)      on its own motion.

10.   Power of Commission to access information.--(1) The Commission shall have the powers to solicit, gather, obtain, and verify any relevant information for the purposes of its functions from any Ministry, Division, Federal or Provincial Department, private or public entity or agency.

(2)      Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force, any business confidential information received or obtained, directly or indirectly, by the Commission pursuant to or in connection with an investigation, inquiry or study shall not be subject to disclosure by the Commission to any Ministry, Division, department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government or a Provincial Government without the prior permission of the party submitting such business confidential information.

(3)      The Commission shall take all acts and measures necessary to provide transparent and prompt access to information to all parties, in a prescribed manner.

11.   Power of Commission as Civil Court.--The Commission shall have all the powers of a Civil Court while trying a suit under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (V of 1908), in respect of the following matters, namely:--

(i)       summoning and enforcing the attendance of any person and examining him on oath; and

(ii)      requiring the supply of any information and production of any document which may be useful for the conduct of its inquiry.

12.   Power of Commission to make recommendations.--(1) While examining a proposal for tariff rationalisation or assistance to the domestic industry or trade measure and making recommendations to the Federal Government, the Commission shall satisfy itself on the points that.--

(i)       the quality of the product to which such protection or assistance it to be given is good and conforms to the standards laid down by the Pakistan Standards and Quality Control Authority or, where such standard has not been prescribed, it conforms to internationally accepted standards;

(ii)      the additional cost to the consumer may not be excessive; and

(iii)     the industry is not likely to need the protection or assistance after a reasonable period of time.

(2)  Where it has decided to undertake any inquiry or investigation, the Commission shall take such measures as it deems necessary to ensure that all units engaged in economic activities similar to those being carried on by any industrial undertaking or trading business which has made an application or in respect of which an inquiry or investigation has been undertaken by the Commission are informed that such inquiry or investigation has been undertaken.

13.   Timelines for submission of recommendations by Commission.--(1) The Commission shall complete inquires and investigations under this Act and submit a report to the Federal Government within a period not exceeding one hundred and twenty days.

(2)      The enquiries and investigations undertaken by the Commission under this Act shall be completed within the periods as specified in the schedule.

(3)      The Federal Government shall, take a decision on the recommendations of the Commission within fifteen days of the issuance of the same.

14.   Delegation of powers of the Commission.--(1) The Commission, may delegate any of its functions or powers to one or more of its members or one or more of the officers, employees, consultants or agents of the Commission:

Provided that the Commission may not delegate its power or authority to initiate an investigation, to make preliminary or final determination, including review, refund and termination of investigations in cases governed by Trade remedy Laws or any other law that requires the Commission to make such determination:

Provided further that a delegation under this sub-section may be revoked or modified by the Commission at any time and shall otherwise not prevent the Commission from concurrently performing or exercising any function or power so delegated:

Provided also that the person to whom powers or functions are delegated pursuant to this sub-section shall not further delegate such powers or functions.

(2)  The Commission may, by and through, one or more of its members, officers, employees or agents, who have been duly designated by the Commission for such purpose, carry out any inquiry, investigation or function necessary or appropriate for the proper exercise of the Commission’s duties, powers and authority, whether provided under this Act or any other law in any part of Pakistan or in any foreign country.

15.   Meeting procedure and quorum.--(1) Decisions and determinations of the Commission shall be taken by majority vote.

(2)  At least two members, one of whom shall be Chairman, shall constitute a quorum, provided that in case of quorum of two Members, the decision shall be taken by consensus.

16.   Administration and Secretariat of the Commission.--(1) The Commission shall have a Secretariat which shall be headed by a Secretary to the Commission. The Secretary shall be appointed by the Commission as prescribed.

(2)  The Secretary to the Commission shall perform functions and duties, including the following, namely:--

(a)      to keep in custody the records and seal of the Commission;

(b)      to authorize payment of monthly salaries and allowances to the employees of the Commission;

(c)      to propose budget estimates and revised budget estimates and place the same before the Commission;

(d)      to receive applications for investigations on behalf of the Commission; and

(e)      to perform any other duties that may be assigned to him by the Commission.

17.  Employees of the Commission.--(1) The Commission may do all such acts and take all such steps as are necessary for the performance of the functions of the Commission, including the appointment of such officers etc. as it considers necessary for the efficient performance of its functions, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

(2)      Subject to sub-section (3), the Commission may employ, on market-scale salary, consultants, agents and technical, professional and other advisers including lawyers, economists, accountants, bankers, actuaries and other professionals to do any act necessary or appropriate to the exercise of Commission’s powers or the performance of its functions as specified in Section 8.

(3)      The employees of the Commission and other persons authorized to perform any function under this Act shall be deemed to be a public servant within the meaning of Section 21 of the Pakistan Penal Code, 1860 (XLV of 1860).

18.   Terms and Conditions of services of the Commission and its Employees.--(1) “The benefits of the Commission and of an employee appointed on full-time basis in the Commission shall be as prescribed.”

(2)      From the date of appointment, the pension, gratuity, GP fund and other retirement benefits of an employee appointed on full-time basis in the Commission shall be the same as Federal Government employees of the equivalent status, grade and scale.

(3)      Employees appointed on full-time basis shall be provided time-scale promotions. For this purpose, the Commission shall make necessary regulations with approval of the Federal Government.

(4)      All other matters relating to rules, orders, terms and conditions of services of the employees of the Commission shall be dealt with in accordance with the National Tariff Commission Employees’ (Service) Rules 1995, as revised from time to time.

19.   Fund of the Commission.--The Fund of the Commission shall consist of,--

(a)      grants from the Federal Government;

(b)      fee collected by the Commission;

(c)      aid from international agencies; and

(d)      such sums as the Federal Government may allocate to the Commission.

20.   Budget, audit and accounts.--(1) The Commission shall cause proper accounts to be kept as prescribed by the Controller General of Accounts. As soon as practicable, after the end of the financial year, the Commission shall prepare a statement of accounts of the Commission for that year. This shall include a balance sheet and an account of income and expenditure.

(2)      Within sixty days after the end of each financial year, the annual financial statements shall be audited by the Auditor-General of Pakistan.

(3)      The auditors shall make a report to the Commission upon the balance sheet and accounts. They shall state whether the balance sheet is a full and fair balance sheet containing all necessary particulars and properly drawn up so as to exhibit a true and correct view of affairs of the Commission. In case the Auditors have called for any explanation or information from the Commission, it shall be stated by the Auditors as to whether such explanation or information was provided to the auditors to their satisfaction or not.

21.   Representation before the Commission.--Any person duly authorized by a party is entitled to appear, plead and act on behalf of such party before the Commission.

22.   Penalty for false statement or failure to disclose correct information.--(1) Any person who knowingly or willfully furnishes any information or document or book of accounts which he is bound to produce under this Act or any Trade Remedy Laws and he has reason to believe to be false or incorrect shall be liable to imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years, or a fine not exceeding five million rupees, or both.

(2)  Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (V of 1898), no Court other than a Court of sessions shall have jurisdiction to try a person charged with an offence under sub-section (1).

23.   Duty of members, officers, etc., to maintain secrecy.--(1) Except in the performance of his duties under this Act or any other Trade Remedy Law, every member, officer, consultant and adviser of the Commission shall preserve and aid in preserving secrecy with regard to all matters relating to the financial or other affairs of any undertaking or person that may come to his knowledge in the performance of his duties.

(2)      Every such member, officer, consultant or adviser who communicates any such matter, except when required by law to do so or in the discharge of his duty as such, shall be punishable with imprisonment of either description for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine not exceeding five million rupees, or both.

(3)      Any information referred to in sub-section (1), if prejudicial to the National Security or Defence, shall be disclosed to the Agency seeking such information, with the approval of the Commission.

24.   Disclosure of interest.--(1) The following shall apply to all employees serving in any capacity whatsoever in the Commission.

(2)      A person shall be deemed to have an interest in a matter if he has any interest, pecuniary or otherwise, in such matter which could reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict between his duty to honestly perform his functions, so that his ability to consider and decide any question impartially or to give any advice without bias, may reasonably be regarded as impaired.

(3)      A person having any interest in any matter to be discussed or decided by the Commission, shall prior to discharge of any function or business of the Commission, disclose in writing to the Secretary to the Commission, the fact of his interest and the nature thereof.

(4)      Every person shall give written notice to the Secretary to the Commission of all direct or indirect pecuniary or other material or personal interests that he has or acquires in a body corporate involved in a matter at the Commission.

(5)      A disclosure of interest under sub-section (2) shall be made a part of the record of the Commission in that particular matter.

(6)      Where there is such disclosure of interest,--

(a)      such person shall not, save as provided in sub-Sections (7) and (8) take part nor be present in any investigation, research, deliberation or decision of the Commission as the case may be; and

(b)      such person shall be disregarded for the purpose of constitution of a quorum or performance of a task, as the case may be.

(7)      Any person who fails to disclose his interest as required by this section shall, on proof of such act, be liable to removal from the Commission.

(8)      It shall be a valid defense for a person charged with the allegation of failure to disclose such interest under sub-section (7), if such person proves that he was not aware of the facts constituting such allegation and that he exercised due care and diligence in discovering the facts which he ought reasonably to have known in the circumstances.

25.   Removal.--Appointment of any member or employee of the Commission may, at any time, be revoked by order of the Federal Government if it is found that such person stands disqualified on the grounds and in the manner as prescribed.

26.   Powers to make rules.--(1) The Commission may, with the prior approval of the Federal Government, and by notification in the official Gazette, make rules for carrying out the purposes of this Act.

(2)  The Commission shall make regulations for terms and conditions of employment for its employees.

27.   Indemnity.--No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against any member or any officer or employee of the Commission or any other person in respect of anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done in pursuance of this Act, Any Trade Remedy Laws, any rules or orders made thereunder or in respect of the publication by or under the authority of the Commission of any report, paper or proceedings.

28.   Repeal.--The National Tariff Commission Act, 1990 (VI of 1990) is hereby repealed.

29.   Savings.--(1) Notwithstanding the repeal under Section 28, nothing in this Act shall affect or be deemed to affect anything done, action taken, investigation or proceedings commenced, order, rule, regulation, appointment, document, or agreement made, fee directed, resolution passed, direction given, proceedings taken, or instrument executed or issued under or pursuant to the Repealed Act and any such thing, action, investigation, proceedings, order, rule, regulation, appointment, document, agreement, fee, resolution, direction, proceedings or instrument shall, if in force on the commencement date and not inconsistent with any of the provisions of this Act, continue in force and have effect as if it had been respectively done, taken, commenced, made, directed, passed, given, executed or issued under this Act.

(2)  Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law, judgment or decision of the Courts, all acts, procedures and decisions of the Commission made from September 2013 shall till date be deemed to have been validly made by the Commission.

30.   Act to override other laws.--The provisions of this Act shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith contained in any other law for the time being in force.

THE SCHEDULE

[See Section 13 (2)]

The Commission shall complete its enquiries and investigations under this Act as follows, namely:--

(i)       an enquiry or investigation for tariff and non-tariff protection or assistance to domestic industry shall, except in special circumstances, be completed within a period not exceeding sixty days, and in no case more than one hundred and twenty days after initiation;

(ii)      an enquiry or investigation for increase or decrease in tariff on the application of trading business or importers shall, except in special circumstances, be completed within a period not exceeding sixty days, and in no case more than one hundred and twenty days after initiation;

(iii)     an enquiry or investigation for removal of tariff anomaly shall, except in special circumstances, be completed within a period no exceeding thirty days, and in no case more than one hundred twenty days after initiation;


(iv)     Any other matter relating to tariffs or tariff policies shall be completed expeditiously but in any event no later than one hundred and twenty days; and

(v)      an enquiry or investigation initiated on the request of the Federal Government or on its own motion depending on the nature thereof shall be completed within the time periods given in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above:

Provided that the Federal Government may, in situations constituting an urgency direct the Commission to expedite the enquiry or investigation to the extent possible as may be required to protect or assist the domestic industry.

-------------------------

ACT NO. XIII OF 2015

COUNTERVAILING DUTIES ACT, 2015

An Act to reform and repeal the Countervailing Duties Ordinance, 2001

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 10th September, 2015]

No. F. 22(16)/2015-Legis., dated 8.9.2015.--The following Act of Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) received the assent of the President on the 5th September, 2015 and is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient to give effect in Pakistan to the provisions of Articles VI and XVI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, 1994, and to the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures and to further strengthen the law relating to imposition of countervailing duties to offset such subsidies, to provide a framework for investigation and determination of such subsidies and injury in respect of goods imported into Pakistan;

AND WHEREAS the imposition of countervailing duties to offset injurious subsidization is in the public interest;

AND WHEREAS it is expedient to provide for certain reforms in Countervailing Duties Ordinance, 2001 (I of 2001), by repealing it and re-enacting the law for the purposes hereinafter appearing;

It is hereby enacted as follows:--

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1.     Short title, extent and commencement.--(1) This Act may be called the Countervailing Duties Act, 2015.

(2)      It extends to the whole of Pakistan.

(3)      It shall come into force at once.

2.     Definitions.--In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,--

(a)      “Agreement on Subsidies” means the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures included in Annex (1 A) to the Final Ordinance of the Results of the Uruguay Round concerning the Implementation of Article XVI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, 1994;

(b)      “Appellate Tribunal” means the Appellate Tribunal established under the Anti-Dumping duties Law for the time being in force;

(c)      “Application” means an application submitted to the Commission pursuant to sub-section (1) of Section 11;

(d)      “Commission” means the National Tariff Commission established under the Law for the time being inforce;

(e)      “country” means any country or territory whether a member of the World Trade Organisation or not and includes a customs union or customs territory;

(f)       “countervailing measures” means any measures that may be taken by the Commission under this Act including imposition of countervailing duties, whether provisional or definitive, or the acceptance of an undertaking;

(g)      “definitive countervailing duty” means a duty imposed by the Commission under Section 16, sub-section (15) of Section 14 or sub-section (2) of Section 17;

(h)      “domestic industry” means the domestic producers as a whole of a like product or those whose collective output of that product constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of that product; except when any such domestic producers are related to the exporters or importers, or are themselves importers of the allegedly subsidised product. In such a case “domestic industry” shall mean the rest of the domestic producers:

          Explanation.--For the purposes of this clause, producers shall be deemed to be related to exporters or importers only if--

(i)       one of them directly or indirectly controls the other;

(ii)      both of them are directly or indirectly controlled by the same third person; or

(iii)     together they directly or indirectly control a third person:

          Provided that there are grounds for believing or suspecting that the effect of the relationship is such as to cause the producer concerned to behave differently from non-related producers and for that purpose one shall be deemed to control another when the former is legally or operationally in a position to exercise restraint or direction over the latter:

          Provided further that, in exceptional circumstances, as may be determined by the Commission, the domestic industry in relation to a product in question may be divided into two or more competitive markets and producers within each such market may be regarded as a separate industry if the--

(i)       producers within such a market sell all or almost all of their production of the product in question in such a market; and

(ii)      demand in such a market is not, to any substantial degree, supplied by producers of the product in question located elsewhere in Pakistan;

(i)       “Exporting country” means a country granting subsidy in respect of an investigated product, which country may be either--

(i)       the country of origin of the investigated product; or

(ii)      where the investigated product is not exported directly to Pakistan but is transported through an intermediate country, such intermediate country;

(j)       “government” means the government or any public body within the territory of an exporting country;

(k)      “injury” means, unless otherwise specified, material injury to a domestic industry, threat of material injury to a domestic industry or material retardation of the establishment of a domestic industry, when subsidised imports are causing such injury;

(l)       “interested party” includes--

(i)       an exporter, foreign producer, an importer of an investigated product or an association a majority of the members of which are producers, exporters or importers of such product;

(ii)      a producer of a like product in Pakistan or an association a majority of the members of which produce a like product in Pakistan; and

(iii)     such other person or group of persons as the Commission may, by notification in the official Gazette, specify;

(m)     “investigated product” means a product which is subject to an investigation under this Act;

(n)      “investigation” means an investigation conducted under this Act;

(o)      “like product” means a product which is a like in all respects to an investigated product or, in the absence of such a product, another product which, although not a like in all respects, has characteristics closely resembling those of the investigated product;

(p)      “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act;

(q)      “provisional countervailing duty” means a duty imposed by the Commission under Section 13;

(r)      “public notice” means a notice published by the Commission in at least one issue each of a daily newspaper in the English language and a daily newspaper in the Urdu language having wide circulation in Pakistan;

(s)      “Schedule” mean the Schedule to this Act;

(t)      “subsidy” means a subsidy as defined in Section 4 and “subsidization” shall be construed accordingly; and

(u)      “WTO” means the World Trade Organisation established pursuant to the Marrakesh Agreement concluded in Marrakesh, Morocco, on the 15th April, 1994.

PART II

COUNTERVAILING MEASURES

3.  Levy of countervailing duty.--(1) Where the Commission determines in accordance with the provisions of this Act that any exporting country pays or bestows, directly or indirectly, any subsidy upon the manufacture or production therein or the exportation therefrom of any investigated product including any subsidy on transportation of such product and such subsidy causes injury then, upon the importation of any such product into Pakistan, the Commission shall, by notification in the official Gazette, impose a countervailing duty thereon as provided for in this Act.

(2)      For the purposes of this Act, a product shall be considered to be subsidised if it benefits from a countervailable subsidy as provided for in Sections 4 and 5.

(3)      A subsidy may be granted by a government of the country of origin of an investigated product or by the government of an intermediate country from which the investigated product is exported to Pakistan.

(4)      Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, where an investigated product is not directly imported from the country of origin but exported to Pakistan from an intermediate country, the provisions of this Act shall be fully applicable and such transaction shall, where considered appropriate by the Commission, be regarded as having taken place between the country of origin of the investigated product and Pakistan.

PART III

DEFINITION OF SUBSIDY, COUNTERVAILABLE AND NON-COUNTERVAILABLE SUBSIDIES

4.  Circumstances in which subsidy shall be deemed to exist.--A subsidy shall be deemed to exist if--

(a)      there shall be financial contribution by a government, where--

(i)       the government practice involves direct transfer of funds including grants, loans and equity infusion, or potential direct transfer of funds or liabilities, or both;

(ii)      government revenue that is otherwise due is foregone or not collected including fiscal incentives such as tax credits:

          Provided that exemption of an exported product from duties or taxes borne by a like product when destined for domestic consumption, or remission of such duties or taxes in amounts not in excess of those which have accrued, shall not be deemed to be a subsidy provided that such exemption is granted in accordance with the provisions of the First, Second and Third Schedules;

(iii)     the government provides goods or services other than general infrastructure or purchases goods; or

(iv)     the government makes payments to a funding mechanism, or entrusts or directs a private body to carry out one or more of the type of functions specified in sub-clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) which would normally be vested in the government and the practice in, no real sense, differs from practices normally followed by governments;

(b)      there is any form of income or price support within the meaning of Article XVI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, 1994; and

(c)      a benefit is thereby conferred.

5.  Countervailable subsidies.--(1) A subsidy shall be subject to countervailing measures under this Act only if the Commission determines that such subsidy is specific in accordance with the principles set out in sub-Sections (2), (3), (4) and (5).

(2)  In order to determine whether a subsidy is specific to an enterprise, industry or a group of enterprises or industries, hereinafter referred to as “certain enterprises”, within the jurisdiction of a granting authority, the Commission shall apply the following principles, namely:--

(a)      where the granting authority, or the legislation pursuant to which the granting authority operates, explicitly limits access to a subsidy to certain enterprises, such subsidy shall be specific;

(b)      where the granting authority, or the legislation pursuant to which the granting authority operates, establishes objectives criteria or conditions governing the eligibility for, and the amount of, a subsidy, specificity shall not exist, provided that the eligibility is automatic and that such criteria and conditions are strictly adhered to;

          Explanation.--For the purposes of Clause (b), objective criteria or conditions mean criteria or conditions which are neutral, which do not favour certain enterprises over other, and which are economic in nature and horizontal in application, such as, number of employees or size of enterprise. Such criteria or conditions must be clearly set out by law, regulation, or other official document, so as to be capable of verification; and

(c)      if, notwithstanding any appearance of non-specificity resulting from the application of the principles laid down in clauses (a) and (b), there are reasons to believe that the subsidy may in fact be specific, the following other factors may be considered by the Commission, namely:-

(i)       use of a subsidy programme by a limited number of certain enterprises;

(ii)      predominant use by certain enterprises;

(iii)     granting of disproportionately large amounts of subsidy to certain enterprises; and

(iv)     manner in which discretion has been exercised by the granting authority in the decision to grant a subsidy;

          Explanation.--For the purposes of Clause (c), information on the frequency with which applications for a subsidy are refused or approved and the reasons for such decisions shall, in particular, be considered.

(3)      In applying the provisions of Clause (c) of sub-section (2), the Commission shall take into account the extent of diversification of economic activities within the jurisdiction of a granting authority and the length of time during which subsidy programme has been in operation.

(4)      A subsidy which is limited to certain enterprises located within a designated geographical region within the jurisdiction of a granting authority shall be specific.

(5)      The setting or changing of generally applicable tax rates by all levels of the government entitled to do so shall not be deemed to be a specific subsidy.

(6)      Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-Sections (2), (3), (4) and (5), the following subsidies shall be deemed to be specific, namely:--

(a)      subsidies contingent, in law or in fact, whether solely or as one of several other conditions, upon export performance, including those illustrated in the First Schedule:

          Provided that subsidies shall be considered by the Commission to be contingent in fact upon export performance when the facts demonstrate that granting of a subsidy, without having been made legally contingent upon export performance, is in fact tied to actual or anticipated exportation or export earnings:

          Provided further that the mere fact that a subsidy is accorded to enterprises which export shall not for that reason alone be considered by the Commission to be an export subsidy for the purposes of this clause; and

(b)      subsidies contingent, whether solely or as one of several other conditions, upon the use of domestic over imported goods.

(7)  Any determination of specificity by the Commission under this section shall be substantiated on the basis of positive evidence.

6.     Non-countervailable subsidies.--Subsidies which are not specific as determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, shall not be subjected to countervailing measures under this Act.

PART IV

CALCULATION OF THE AMOUNT OF COUNTERVAILABLE SUBSIDY

7.     Calculation of amount of countervailable subsidy.--(1) The amount of countervailable subsidy, for the purposes of this Act, shall be calculated by the Commission in terms of any benefit conferred on a recipient which is found to exist during an investigation period for subsidization, which period shall normally be the most recent accounting year of the beneficiary but may be any other period of at least six months prior to initiation of an investigation for which reliable financial and other relevant data are available.

(2)  In determining the amount of countervailable subsidy the Commission shall apply the following principles to calculate any benefit conferred on the recipient as referred to in sub-section (1), namely:--

(a)      government provisions of equity capital shall not be considered to confer any benefit, unless an investment can be regarded as inconsistent with the usual investment practice including, for the provision of risk capital of private investors in the territory of an exporting country;

(b)      a loan by a government shall not be considered to confer any benefit, unless there is a difference between the amount that a firm receiving the government loan pays on it and the amount that the firm would pay for a comparable commercial loan which the firm could actually obtain on the market, in which event the benefit shall be the difference between these two amounts;

(c)      a loan guarantee by a government shall not be considered to confer any benefit, unless there is a difference between the amount that a firm receiving the guarantee pays on the loan guaranteed by the government and the amount that the firm would pay for a comparable commercial loan in the absence of the guarantee, in which case the benefit shall be the difference between these two amounts, adjusted for any difference in fees; and

(d)      a provision of goods or services or purchase of goods by a government shall not be considered to confer any benefit, unless the provision is made for less than adequate remuneration or the purchase is made for more than adequate remuneration, and the adequacy of remuneration shall be determined in relation to prevailing market conditions for the product or service in question in the country of provision or purchase including price, quality, availability, marketability, transportation and other conditions of purchase or sale.

8.  General provisions on calculation of counter-vailable subsidies.--(1) Subject to sub-section (2), the amount of counter-vailable subsidies shall be determined by the Commission in terms of subsidization per unit of an investigated product exported to Pakistan and in establishing such amount the following elements may be deducted from the total subsidy, namely:--

(a)      any fee or other costs necessarily incurred in order to qualify for or, to obtain a subsidy; and

(b)      export taxes, duties or other charges levied on export of an investigated product to Pakistan specifically intended to offset a subsidy.

(2)      Where an interested party claims a deduction under sub-section (1) such party shall prove to the Commission that the claim is justified.

(3)      Where a subsidy is not granted by reference to the quantities manufactured, produced, exported or transported, the amount of counter-vailable subsidy shall be determined by allocating the value of the total subsidy, as appropriate, over the level of production, sales or exports of the products concerned during an investigation period for subsidization.

(4)      Where a subsidy can be linked to acquisition or future acquisition of fixed assets, the amount of counter-vailable subsidy shall be calculated by spreading the subsidy across a period which reflects normal depreciation of such assets in the industry concerned, and the amount so calculated which is attributable to an investigation period, including that which derives from fixed asset acquired before such period, shall be allocated as provided for in sub-section (2):

Provided that where assets are non-depreciating, a subsidy shall be valued as an interest-free loan, and be treated in accordance with the provisions of Clause (b) of sub-section (2) of Section 7.

(5)  Where a subsidy cannot be linked to acquisition of fixed assets, the amount of any benefit received during an investigation period shall, in principle, be attributed to this period, and allocated as provided for in sub-section (2), unless special circumstances arise justifying attribution over a different period.

PART V

DETERMINATION OF INJURY

9.  Determination of injury.--(1) A determination of injury by the Commission shall be based on positive evidence and shall involve an objective examination of--

(a)      volume of any subsidised imports and their effect on prices in domestic market for like products; and

(b)      consequent impact of subsidised imports on domestic industry:

Explanation.--With regard to volume of any subsidised imports, consideration shall be given by the Commission to whether there has been a significant increase in subsidised imports, either in absolute terms or relative to production or consumption in Pakistan. With regard to effect of any subsidised imports on prices, consideration shall be given by the Commission to whether there has been significant price under-cutting by the subsidised imports as compared with the price of a like product of domestic industry, or whether the effect of such imports is otherwise to depress prices to a significant degree or prevent price increases which would otherwise have occurred, to a significant degree, provided that no one or more of these factors shall be deemed to necessarily give decisive guidance.

(2)  Where imports of a product from more than one country are simultaneously subject to an investigation, the effects of such imports may be cumulatively assessed by the Commission only if it determines that--

(a)      The amount of subsidisation established in relation to the imports from each country is more than de minimus as defined in sub-section (3) of Section 15 and the volume of imports from each country is not negligible; and

(b)      a cumulative assessment of the effects of the imports is appropriate in the light of conditions of competition between imported products and the conditions of competition between the imported products and a like domestic product.

(3)      An examination by the Commission of an impact of subsidized imports on a domestic industry concerned may include an evaluation of all relevant economic factors and indices having a bearing on the state of the domestic industry including the fact that the domestic industry is still in the process of recovering from the effects of past subsidisation or dumping, the magnitude of the amount of counter-vailable subsidies, actual and potential decline in sales, profits, output, market share, productivity, return on investments, utilization of capacity, factors affecting domestic prices, actual and potential negative effects on cash flow, inventories, employment, wages, growth, ability to raise capital or investments and, in the case of agriculture, whether there has been an increased burden on Government support programmes.

(4)      The Commission shall satisfy itself that subsidised imports are, through the effects of subsidies, as set forth in sub-Sections (1) and (3), causing injury within the meaning of this Act. The consideration of a causal relationship between subsidised imports and injury to domestic industry shall be based on an examination by the Commission of all relevant evidence before it.

(5)      The Commission shall examine known factors other than subsidized imports which are injuring domestic industry to ensure that injury caused by such other factors is not attributed to subsidised imports. Such other factors may include factors such as the volume and prices of non-subsidised imports, contraction in demand or changes in patterns of consumption, restrictive trade practices of and competition between a foreign country and domestic producers, developments in technology and export performance and productivity of domestic industry.

(6)      The effect of subsidised imports shall be assessed by the Commission in relation to the production by domestic industry of a like product when available data permits separate identification of that production on the basis of such criteria as the production process, producers’ sales and profits:

Provided that where such separate identification of that production is not possible, the effects of subsidised imports shall be assessed by the Commission by examination of the production of the narrowest group or range of products including a like product, for which the necessary information can be provided.

(7)      A determination of a threat of material injury by the Commission shall be based on facts and not merely on allegation, conjecture or remote possibility and any change in circumstances which would create a situation in which subsidy would cause injury must be foreseen and imminent.

(8)  In making a determination regarding the existence of a threat of material injury, the Commission shall take into consideration factors such as--

(a)      the nature of subsidy or subsidies in question and any trade effects likely to arise therefrom;

(b)      any significant rate of increase of subsidised imports into a domestic market indicating the likelihood of substantially increased imports;

(c)      sufficient freely disposable capacity of an exporter or an imminent substantial increase in such capacity indicating the likelihood of substantially increased subsidised exports into Pakistan, account being taken of the availability of other export markets to absorb any additional exports;

(d)      whether imports are entering at prices that would, to a significant degree, depress prices or prevent price increases which otherwise would have occurred and would probably increase demand for further imports; and

(e)      inventories of an investigated product.

Explanation.--None of the factors specified in sub-section (8) by itself shall be deemed to necessarily give decisive guidance but the totality of the factors considered by the Commission must lead to the conclusion that further subsidised exports are imminent and that, unless protective action is taken, material injury will occur.

10.  Further circumstances in which injury may be found to exist.--(1) Where domestic industry in relation to a product in question has been divided into two or more competitive markets and the producers within each such market regarded as a separate industry in accordance with the second proviso to Clause (i) of Section 2, injury may be found to exist even where a major portion of the total domestic industry does not suffer injury provided that, there is a concentration of subsidised imports into such a separated market, and provided further that the subsidised imports are causing injury to the producers of all or almost all of the production within such market.

(2)  Where injury is found to exist in the circumstances referred to in sub-section (1), the exporters or the government granting countervailable subsidies shall be given an opportunity to offer an undertaking in accordance with Section 14 in respect of the region concerned or to cease exporting at subsidised prices to the region concerned prior to any countervailing measures being applied by the Commission under this Act.

(3)      In the circumstances referred to in sub-section (2), special account shall be taken by the Commission of any interest of the region and if an adequate undertaking is not offered promptly or if the situations set out in sub-Sections (13) and (14) of Section 14 apply, a provisional or definitive countervailing duty may be imposed by the Commission in respect of domestic industry as a whole.

(4)      The provisions of sub-section (6) of Section 9 shall apply to this section.

PART VI

INVESTIGATION

11.  Initiation of investigation.--(1) Save as provided for in sub-section (11), the Commission shall initiate an investigation to determine the existence, degree and effect of any alleged subsidy only upon receipt of a written application by or on behalf of domestic industry.

(2)  An application shall be submitted to the Commission in such manner, number and form and with such fee as may be prescribed. It shall include sufficient evidence of the existence of a subsidy and, if possible, its amount, injury within the meaning of this Act and a causal link between the subsidized imports and the alleged injury. The application shall also contain such information as is reasonably available to an applicant on the following, namely:--

(a)      identity of the applicant and a description of the volume and value of domestic production of a like product by the applicant:

          Provided that where an application is made on behalf of domestic industry, the application shall identify the industry on behalf of which the application is made by a list of all known domestic producers of the like product or, association of domestic producers of the like product and, to the extent possible, a description of the volume and value of domestic production of the like product accounted for by such producers;

(b)      a complete description of an allegedly subsidised product including its current customs tariff classification number as contained in the First Schedule to the Customs Act, 1969 (IV of 1969), the name of exporting country, identity of each known exporter or foreign producer, and a list of known persons importing the product in question;

(c)      evidence with regard to the existence, amount, nature and countervailability of subsidy in question; and

(d)      information on changes in volume of allegedly subsidised imports, the effect of those imports on prices of a like product in domestic market and the consequent impact of the imports on domestic industry as demonstrated by relevant factors and indices having a bearing on the state of domestic industry, such as those listed in the explanation to sub- section (1) of Section 9, and in sub-section (3) of Section 9.

(3)      The Commission shall examine the accuracy and adequacy of the evidence provided in an application to determine whether it is compliant with the requirements of sub-section (2) and in order to determine whether there is sufficient evidence to justify initiation of an investigation.

(4)      An investigation may be initiated by the Commission in order to determine whether or not the alleged subsidies are specific in accordance with the principles set out in Section 5.

(5)      An investigation may also be initiated by the Commission in respect of subsidies which are non-countervailable in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 in order to determine whether or not the conditions set out therein have been met.

(6)      An investigation may be initiated by the Commission in respect of measures of any type to the extent that they contain an element of subsidy as defined in Section 4.

(7)      An investigation shall not be initiated by the Commission pursuant to sub- section (1) unless the Commission is satisfied, on the basis of an examination as to the degree of support for, or opposition to, an application expressed by domestic producers of a like product, that the application has been made by or on behalf of domestic industry.

(8)      An application shall be considered to have been made by or on behalf of domestic industry if it is supported by those domestic producers whose collective output constitutes more than fifty percent of the total production of a like product produced by that portion of domestic industry expressing either support for or opposition to the application:

Provided that no investigation shall be initiated by the Commission when domestic producers expressly supporting an application account for less than twenty-five percent of the total production of a like product produced by domestic industry.

(9)      The Commission shall, as soon as possible after receipt of a properly documented application in accordance with the requirements of Section 11, and in any event before initiation of an investigation, give notice to an exporting country, which shall be invited for consultations with the aim of clarifying the situation as to matters referred to in sub-section (2) and arriving at a mutually agreed solution.

(10)    The Commission may, suo moto, initiate an investigation without having received a written application by or on behalf of domestic industry if it has sufficient evidence of the existence of countervailable subsidies and injury within the meaning of this Act.

(11)    The evidence both of subsidy and of injury shall be   considered simultaneously by the Commission in the decision on whether or not to initiate an investigation and an application shall be rejected where there is insufficient evidence of either countervailable subsidies or of injury to justify initiation of an investigation:

Provided that an investigation shall not be initiated against countries whose imports represent a market share of below one per cent unless such countries collectively account for three per cent or more of domestic consumption.

(12)    An application may be withdrawn by an applicant prior to initiation of an investigation by the Commission, in which case it shall, subject to the provisions of sub-section (1) of Section 15, be deemed not to have been made:

Provided that upon withdrawal of an application any fee paid by an applicant pursuant to sub-section (2) shall stand forfeited in favour of the Commission.

(13)    Where, after consultation with an exporting country as provided for in sub-section (10), the Commission is satisfied that there is sufficient evidence to justify initiating an investigation, the Commission shall give notice of such decision by means of a public notice of initiation of an investigation, and the initiation of an investigation shall be effective on the date on which such notice is published.

(14)    Where the Commission does not consider it appropriate to initiate an investigation it shall inform an applicant of its decision.

(15)    The public notice of initiation of an investigation referred to in sub-section (14) shall announce initiation of an investigation, indicate the product and countries concerned, give a summary of the information received, provide that all relevant information is to be communicated to the Commission, state the periods within which any interested party may make itself known, present its views in writing and submit information if such views and information are to be taken into account during the investigation and shall also state the period within which interested parties may apply to be heard by the Commission in accordance with sub-section (4) of Section 12.

(16)    The Commission shall advise any exporters, importers and any association of importers or exporters known to it to be concerned, as well as an exporting country and an applicant, of initiation of an investigation and, subject to the requirements of Section 29, provide the full text of an application to the known exporters and to the authorities of an exporting country, and make it available upon request to other interested parties involved:

Provided that, where the Commission determines that the number of exporters involved is particularly high, the full text of a written complaint may instead be provided by the Commission only to the authorities of an exporting country or to a relevant association.

(17) An investigation shall not hinder the procedures of customs clearance.

12.  Principles governing investigation.--(1) Following initiation of an investigation, the Commission shall commence an investigation and such investigation shall cover both subsidisation and injury which, shall be investigated simultaneously.

(2)      For the purpose of,--

(a)      a representative finding, an investigation period shall be selected by the Commission which, in the case of subsidisation shall, normally, cover an investigation period provided for in Section 7 and information relating to a period subsequent to the investigation period shall not, normally, be taken into account by the Commission; and

(b)      an investigation of injury, the investigation period shall normally cover thirty-six months:

          Provided that the Commission may at its sole discretion, select a shorter or longer period if it deems it appropriate in view of available information regarding domestic industry and an investigated product.

(3)      Parties receiving questionnaires from the Commission used in a countervailing duty investigation shall be given at least thirty days to reply and such time limit for exporters shall be counted from the date of receipt of the questionnaire which, for this purpose shall be deemed to have been received one week from the day on which it was sent to a respondent or transmitted to an appropriate diplomatic representative of an exporting country:

Provided that where a party shows due cause for an extension to the satisfaction of the Commission, an extension of not more than thirty days may be granted by the Commission at its discretion.

(4)      Any interested party which has made itself known in accordance with sub-section (16) of Section 11 shall be heard by the Commission if it has, within the period prescribed in a public notice of initiation of an investigation made a written request for hearing showing that it is an interested party likely to be affected by the result of an investigation and that there are particular reasons why it should be heard.

(5)      Opportunities shall, on request, be provided for any importers, exporters and an applicant, which have made themselves known in accordance with sub-section (16) of Section 11 and the government of an exporting country to meet those parties having adverse interests, so that opposing views may be presented and rebuttal arguments offered. Provision of such opportunities shall take account of the need to preserve confidentiality and of convenience of the parties. There shall be no obligation on any party to attend such meeting and failure to do so shall not be prejudicial to that party’s case. Oral information provided under this sub-section shall only be taken into account by the Commission to the extent that the same is subsequently confirmed in writing and provided to the Commission.

(6)      Without prejudice to the provisions of Section 42, an applicant, the government of an exporting country, importers and exporters and their representative associations, which have made themselves known in accordance with sub-section (16) of Section 11, may, upon written request, inspect all information made available to the Commission by any party to an investigation, as distinct from internal documents prepared by the Commission, which is relevant to presentation of their cases and is not confidential within the meaning of Section 29, and that it is used in an investigation. Such parties may respond to such information and their comments shall be taken into consideration wherever they are sufficiently substantiated in a response.

(7)      Save as provided for in Section 28, any information which is supplied by interested parties and upon which findings are based shall, to the extent possible, be examined for accuracy by the Commission.

(8)      An investigation shall, whenever possible, be concluded within one year and in no event later than eighteen months from its initiation, in accordance with the findings made pursuant to Section 14 for undertakings or the findings made pursuant to Section 16 for definitive action.

(9)      Throughout an investigation, the Commission shall afford an exporting country a reasonable opportunity to continue consultations with a view to clarifying the factual situation and arriving at a mutually agreed solution:

Provided that the Commission may continue an investigation during such consultations.

(10)    The Commission shall allow industrial users of an investigated product in Pakistan, and representative consumer organisations in cases where the investigated product is commonly sold at retail level in Pakistan to provide to the Commission, in writing, no later than two months after initiation of an investigation, information concerning matters relevant to the investigation regarding subsidization dumping and injury.

PART VII

PROVISIONAL COUNTERVAILING MEASURES

13.   Provisional countervailing duties.--(1) Provisional countervailing duty shall be imposed by the Commission if--

(a)      an investigation has been initiated by the Commission in accordance with Section 11;

(b)      a public notice of initiation of an investigation has been given and interested parties have been given adequate opportunities to submit information and make comments in accordance with sub-section (16) of Section 11; and

(c)      a provisional affirmative determination has been made by the Commission that a subsidy exists and that there is consequent injury to domestic industry.

(2)  A provisional countervailing duty shall not be imposed earlier than sixty days from initiation of an investigation but no later than nine months from initiation of the investigation and shall be in an amount equal to the total amount of countervailable subsidies as provisionally established by the Commission:

Provided that the amount of the provisional countervailing duty shall not exceed the total amount of subsidisation as provisionally established, but it may be less than the margin if such lesser duty would be adequate to remove the injury to the Domestic Industry.

(3)      A provisional countervailing duty shall be in the form of cash deposit equal to or less than, the amount of the provisionally calculated amount of subsidisation, if such lesser duty would be adequate to remove the injury:

Provided that the release of a product concerned for free circulation in Pakistan shall be subject to provisions of such cash deposit.

(4)      A provisional countervailing duty shall be imposed for a period not exceeding four months.

PART VIII

UNDERTAKINGS AND TERMINATION WITHOUT MEASURES

14.   Undertakings.--(1) An investigation may be terminated by the Commission without imposition of provisional or definitive countervailing duties upon receipt of a satisfactory voluntary undertaking under which--

(a)      an exporting country agrees to eliminate or limit subsidy or take other measures concerning its effects; or

(b)      any exporter undertakes to revise its prices or to cease exports in question as long as such exports benefit from countervailable subsidies, so that the Commission is satisfied that the injurious effect of the subsidies is eliminated.

(2)      Price increases under such undertakings shall not be higher than those which are necessary to offset the amount of countervailable subsidies and shall be less than the amount of countervailable subsidies if such increases would be adequate to remove injury to domestic industry.

(3)      Undertakings may be suggested by the Commission but no country or exporter shall be obliged to enter into such an undertaking and the fact that countries or exporters do not offer such undertakings, or do not accept an invitation to do so, shall in no way prejudice the outcome of an investigation by the Commission:

Provided that the Commission may in such circumstances determine that a threat of injury is more likely to be realised if the subsidised imports continue.

(4)      Undertakings shall not be sought or accepted by the Commission from countries or exporters unless a provisional affirmative determination of subsidization and injury caused by such subsidisation has been made by the Commission.

(5)      Save in exceptional circumstances, undertakings may not be offered later than the end of the period during which representations may be made pursuant to sub-section (7) of Section 30.

(6)      The decision to accept an undertaking shall rest with the Commission.

Explanation.--The Commission may not accept a price undertaking if it considers the acceptance thereof to be impractical because the number of actual or potential exporters is too great or for reasons of general policy or for any other reason.

(7)      An exporting country or exporter concerned may be provided with the reasons for which it is proposed to reject an offer of an undertaking and may be given an opportunity to make comments thereon and the reasons for rejection shall be set out in a definitive decision by the Commission.

(8)      Parties which offer an undertaking shall be required to provide a non-confidential version of such undertaking so that it may be made available to interested parties to an investigation.

(9)      If an undertaking is accepted by the Commission, it shall nevertheless complete an investigation if it receives a request from an exporting country or exporter in writing to continue such investigation or where the Commission so decides on its own accord.

(10)    In the event the Commission makes a negative determination of subsidisation and injury pursuant to an investigation continued under sub-section (9), an undertaking in question shall automatically lapse except in cases where the Commission determines that such a determination is due in large part to the existence of such undertaking in which case the Commission may require that such undertaking be maintained for a reasonable period of time to be determined by the Commission.

(11)    In the event the Commission makes an affirmative determination of subsidisation and injury pursuant to an investigation continued pursuant to sub-section (9), an undertaking in question shall continue consistent with the provisions of this Act.

(12)    The Commission may require any country or exporter from whom an undertaking has been accepted to provide, periodically, information relevant to the fulfilment of such undertaking and to permit verification of such information.

(13)    Failure to provide any information requested by the Commission pursuant to sub-section (12) shall be deemed to be a violation of an undertaking in question.

(14)    Where undertakings are accepted from certain exporters during the course of an investigation, they shall, for the purpose of Sections 19, 20, 21 and 23 be deemed to take effect from the date on which the investigation is concluded for an exporting country.

(15)    If an undertaking is violated or deemed to be violated, the Commission may, subject to the provisions of this Act, take expeditious actions, which may include immediate application of provisional measures using the best information available. In such cases, a definitive countervailing duty may be levied in accordance with the provisions of this Act on products entered for domestic consumption not more than ninety days before the application of such provisional measures, except that any such retroactive assessment shall not apply to imports entered before such violation of the undertaking.

15.  Termination of investigation without measures.--(1) An application submitted pursuant to Section 11 may be withdrawn at any time after an investigation has been initiated, in which case the Commission shall terminate the investigation without imposition of any measures provided for in this Act:

Provided that the Commission may, if it considers it fit to do so, continue an investigation notwithstanding the withdrawal of an application in which event, the Commission may, subject to the provisions of this Act impose such measures as are provided for in this Act.

(2)  Where, the Commission determines in accordance with the provisions of sub-Sections (3), (4), (5), and (6) that the amount of countervailable subsidies is negligible or, where the volume of subsidised imports, whether actual or potential, or injury is negligible then it shall immediately terminate an investigation.

(3)      The amount of countervailable subsidies shall be considered to be negligible if such amount is less than one per cent ad valorem, except that in the case of investigations concerning imports from developing countries the negligible subsidy threshold shall be two per cent ad valorem.

(4)      Injury shall normally be regarded as negligible where the market share of any imports is less than the amounts set out in the proviso to sub-section (12) of Section 11.

(5)      In the case of an investigation concerning imports from developing countries, the volume of subsidised imports shall be considered negligible if it represents less than four per cent of the total imports of a like product in Pakistan, unless imports from developing countries whose individual shares of total imports represent less than four per cent collectively account for more than nine per cent of the total imports of a like product in Pakistan.

(6)      In the case of an investigation concerning imports from countries other than developing countries, the volume of subsidised imports shall be considered negligible if it represents less than three per cent of the total imports of a like product in Pakistan, unless imports from such countries under investigation which individually account for less than three per cent of the total imports of a like product in Pakistan collectively account for more than seven per cent of imports of the like product in Pakistan.

(7)      Termination of an investigation under this Act or conclusion of an investigation without imposition of measures shall not be a bar to filing of a de novo application for a new investigation immediately after termination or conclusion of the investigation. The Commission shall treat the application in accordance with provisions of this Act.

PART IX

DEFINITIVE COUNTERVAILING DUTIES

16.  Imposition of definitive countervailing duties.--(1) Where the Commission has established the existence of countervailable subsidies and injury caused thereby, a definitive countervailing duty shall be imposed by the Commission, unless the subsidy in question is withdrawn or it has been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Commission that the subsidies no longer confer any benefit on any exporters involved.

(2)      A definitive countervailing duty shall be an amount equal to or less than the amount of countervailable subsidies from which any exporters have been found to benefit, as established by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of this Act:

Provided that the amount of the countervailing duty shall not exceed the total amount of subsidisation established but it may be less than the total amount if such lesser duty would be adequate to remove injury to the domestic industry.

(3)      A definitive countervailing duty shall be imposed in an appropriate amount in each case, on a non-discriminatory basis, on imports of a product from all sources found to benefit from countervailable subsidies and causing injury except as to imports from those sources from which undertakings under Section 14 have been accepted by the Commission.

(4)      When the Commission has limited its examination in accordance with Section 27, any definitive countervailing duty applied to imports from exporters or producers which have made themselves known in accordance with Section 27 but were not included in an examination shall not exceed the weighted average amount of countervailable subsidies established for parties in a sample.

(5)      For the purposes of sub-section (4), the Commission shall disregard any negligible amounts of countervailable subsidies and amounts of countervailable subsidies established in the circumstances referred to in Section 28.

(6)      Individual duties shall be applied to imports from any exporter or producer for which an individual amount of subsidisation has been calculated as provided for in Section 27.

PART X

RETROACTIVITY

17.  Retroactivity.--(1) Save as otherwise provided in this section, provisional and definitive countervailing duties shall only be applied to products which enter Pakistan for consumption after the time when the requirements set out in sub-section (1) of Section 13 and sub-section (1) of Section 16, as the case may be, have been fulfilled.

(2)  Where the Commission makes a final determination of injury, but not of a threat thereof or of material retardation of the establishment of an industry or, in the case of a final determination of a threat of injury, where the Commission determines that the effect of subsidised imports would, in the absence of provisional measures, have led to a determination of injury, definitive countervailing duties shall be levied by the Commission retroactively for the period for which provisional duty, if any, have been applied.

(3)      If a definitive countervailing duty imposed by the Commission pursuant to sub-section (2) is higher than a provisional countervailing duty, the difference shall not be collected:

Provided that where a definitive countervailing duty is lower than a provisional countervailing duty, the duty difference shall be refunded by the Commission in an expeditious manner.

(4)      Save as provided for in sub-section (3), where the Commission makes a determination of threat of injury or material retardation but, no injury has yet occurred, a definitive countervailing duty shall be imposed by the Commission only from the date of the determination of threat of injury or material retardation and any cash deposit provided during the period of application of provisional countervailing duty shall be refunded by the Commission in an expeditious manner.

(5)      Where the Commission makes a negative final determination any cash deposit provided during the period of application of provisional countervailing duties shall be refunded by the Commission in an expeditious manner.

(6)      A definitive countervailing duty shall be imposed by the Commission on products, which were imported for consumption not more than ninety days prior to the date of application of provisional countervailing duty if, the Commission determines, for an investigated product in question, that injury which is difficult to repair, is caused by massive imports in a relatively short period of a product benefiting from a countervailable subsidy and the Commission deems it necessary to impose such duty in order to preclude the recurrence of such injury.

PART XI

DURATION, REVIEWS AND REFUNDS, AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

18.   Duration of definitive countervailing duty.--Subject to the provisions of this Act, a definitive countervailing duty imposed pursuant to this Act shall remain in force only as long as, and to the extent that, it is necessary to counteract countervailable subsidies which are causing injury.

19.   Expiry reviews.--(1) A definitive countervailing duty shall expire after five years from its imposition or five years from the date of the most recent review which has covered both subsidisation and injury, unless it is determined in a review that the expiry would be likely to lead to a continuation or recurrence of subsidisation and injury. Such an expiry review may be initiated, on an initiative of the Commission or, upon a request made by or on behalf of domestic producers, and the measure in question shall remain in force pending the outcome of such review.

(2)  An expiry review shall be initiated by the Commission upon request made by or on behalf of domestic producers where such request contains sufficient evidence that the expiry of a measure in question would be likely to result in a continuation or recurrence of subsidisation and injury.

Explanation.--Such a likelihood may, for example, be indicated by evidence of continued subsidisation and injury or evidence that the removal of injury is partly or solely due to the existence of measures or evidence that the circumstances of exporters, or market conditions, are such that they would indicate the likelihood of further injurious subsidisation.

(3)      In carrying out investigations under this section, the Commission shall provide any exporters, importers, an exporting country and domestic producers with the opportunity to amplify, rebut or comment on the matters set out in a review request, and conclusions shall be reached by the Commission with due account taken of all relevant and duly documented evidence presented in relation to the question as to whether the expiry of measures would be likely, or unlikely, to lead to the continuation or recurrence of subsidisation and injury.

(4)      The Commission shall notify an impending expiry by a public notice which shall be published at an appropriate time, as determined by the Commission, in the final year of the period of application of a measure in question and a public notice announcing the actual expiry of a measure under this section shall also be published by the Commission.

20.  Interim reviews.--(1) The need for continued imposition of measures under this Act may also be reviewed, where warranted on an initiative of the Commission or, provided that a period of at least twenty-four months has elapsed since the imposition of definitive countervailing duty, upon a request by any exporter, importer or by domestic producers or an exporting country which contains sufficient evidence substantiating the need for such an interim review.

(2)  An interim review under sub-section (1) shall be initiated by the Commission where a request contains sufficient evidence that the continued imposition of a measure is no longer necessary to offset countervailable subsidy or that injury would be unlikely to continue or recur if a measure were removed or varied, or that an existing measure is not, or is no longer, sufficient to counteract countervailable subsidy which is causing injury:

Provided that the Commission may require an applicant requesting a review under sub-section (1) to fill in an additional questionnaire provided by it requiring such information and for such period as the Commission deems necessary before such review is initiated in which case the review shall be initiated following the receipt by the Commission of such questionnaire duly filled in.

(3)  In carrying out investigations pursuant to this section, the Commission may, in addition to other factors considered relevant by it, consider whether the circumstances with regard to subsidisation and injury have changed significantly, or whether existing measures are achieving the intended results in removing an injury previously established under Section 9.

21.   Accelerated reviews.--(1) Any exporter whose exports are subject to a definitive countervailing duty but who was not individually investigated during an original investigation for reasons other than a refusal to co-operate with the Commission, shall be entitled, upon request, to an accelerated review in order that the Commission may promptly establish an individual countervailing duty rate for that exporter provided that such review shall be initiated after domestic producers have been given an opportunity to comment.

(2)  The Commission may require an applicant requesting a review under sub-section (1) to fill in an additional questionnaire provided by it before such review is initiated in which case a review under sub-section (1) shall be initiated following the receipt by the Commission of such questionnaire duly filled in.

22.   Refunds.--(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 19, an importer may apply to the Commission for refund of duties collected where it is shown that the amount of countervailable subsidies, on the basis of which duties were paid, has been either eliminated or reduced to a level which is below the level of the duty in force.

(2)      An importer may submit an application for refund of countervailing duties collected within any twelve months period to the Commission no later than sixty days from the end of such period.

(3)      An application for refund shall be considered to be duly supported by evidence only where it contains precise information on the amount of refund of countervailing duties claimed and all customs documentation relating to the calculation and payment of such amount and includes evidence, for a representative period, of the amount of countervailable subsidies for any exporter or producer to which the duty applies:

Provided that, where the importer is not associated with any exporter or producer concerned and such information is not immediately available, or where any exporter or producer is unwilling to release it to an importer, the application for refund shall contain a statement from the exporter or producer that the amount of countervailable subsidies has been reduced or eliminated, as specified in this section, and that the relevant supporting evidence will be provided to the Commission:

Provided further that where such evidence is not forthcoming from any exporter or producer within a reasonable period of time, as determined by the Commission, the application shall be rejected by the Commission.

(4)      The Commission shall determine whether and to what extent an application should be granted, or it may decide at any time to initiate an interim review, whereupon any information and findings from such review, carried out in accordance with the provisions applicable for such review, shall  be used to determine whether and to what extent a refund is justified.

(5)      A refund of countervailing duties under this section shall normally take place within twelve months, and in no circumstances more than eighteen months after the date on which a request for a refund, duly supported by evidence, has been made by an importer of a product subject to countervailing duty.

23.   General provisions on reviews and refund.--(1) The provisions of Sections 11 and 12, excluding those relating to time limits, shall mutatis mutandis apply to any review carried out pursuant to Sections 19, 20 and 21.

(2)      Any review pursuant to Sections 19, 20 or 21 shall be carried out by the Commission expeditiously and shall normally be concluded within twelve months of the date of initiation of the review.

(3)      Where a review pursuant to Section 20 is in progress at the end of the period of application of a measure as defined in Section 19, the measure shall also be investigated under the provisions of Section 19.

(4)      In any review or refund investigation carried out pursuant to Sections 19 to 22, the Commission shall, provided that circumstances have not changed, apply the same methodology as in an investigation which led to the duty, with due account being taken of Sections 7, 8 and 27.

24.   Anti-circumvention measures.--(1) Countervailing duties imposed pursuant to this Act may be extended to imports from third countries, of the like product, whether slightly modified or not, or to imports of the slightly modified like product from the country subject to measures, or parts thereof, when circumvention of the measures in force is taking place. Countervailing duties not exceeding the residual countervailing duty imposed in accordance with Section 16 may be extended to imports from companies benefiting from individual duties in the countries subject to measures when circumvention of the measures in force is taking place. Circumvention shall be defined as a change in the pattern of trade between third countries and Pakistan or between individual companies in the country subject to measures by Pakistan, which stems from a practice, process or work for which there is insufficient due cause or economic justification other than the imposition of the duty, and where there is evidence of injury or that the remedial effects of the duty are being undermined in terms of the prices or quantities of the like product, and where there is evidence of subsidy previously established for the like product, if necessary in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

(2)      The practice, process or work referred to in sub-section (1) includes, inter alia, the slight modification of the product concerned to make it fall under customs tariff which are normally not subject to the measures, provided that the modification does not alter its essential characteristics, the consignment of the product subject to measures via third countries, the re-organisation by exporters or producers of their patterns and channels of sales in the country subject to measures in order to eventually have their products exported to Pakistan through producers benefiting from an individual duty rate lower than that applicable to the products of the manufacturers, and, in the circumstances indicated in sub-section (3), the assembly of parts by an assembly operation in Pakistan or a third country.

(3)      An assembly operation in Pakistan or a third country shall be considered to circumvent the measures in force where the,--

(a)      operation started or substantially increased since, or just prior to, the initiation of the investigation and the parts concerned are from the country subject to measures;

(b)      parts constitute sixty percent or more of the total value of the parts of the assembled product, except that in no case shall circumvention be considered to be taking place where the value added to the parts brought in, during the assembly or completion operation, is greater than twenty five percent of the manufacturing cost; and

(c)      remedial effects of the duty are being undermined in terms of the prices or quantities of the assembled like product and there is evidence of subsidy previously established for the like or similar products.

(4)      Investigations shall be initiated pursuant to this section on the initiative of the Commission or at the request of any interested party on the basis of sufficient evidence regarding the factors set out in sub-sections (1) and (2). Investigations shall be concluded by the Commission within nine months.

25.  General provisions.--(1) Countervailing duties, provisional or definitive, as the case may be, imposed under this Ordinance shall--

(a)      take the form of ad valorem or specific duties:

          Provided that provisional countervailing shall take the form of cash deposits equal to the amount of a provisionally calculated amount of subsidization;

(b)      be imposed in addition to other import duties levied on an investigated product; and

(c)      be collected in the same manner as customs-duties under the Customs Act, 1969 (IV of 1969)

(d)      will not be levied on imports that are to be used as inputs in products destined solely for exports and are covered under any scheme exempting customs duty for exports under the Customs Act, 1969.

(2)      No product shall be subject to both anti-dumping duties and countervailing duties, under their respective laws for the time being in force, under this Act for the purpose of dealing with one and the same situation arising from dumping or from export subsidization:

Provided that sub-section (2) shall not prohibit or prevent, concurrent investigations of the same product under the laws specified therein.

(3)      The decisions regarding imposition of provisional or definitive countervailing duties, and notices regarding acceptance of undertakings or terminating an investigation, shall be published by the Commission in a public notice which shall contain, in particular, and with due regard to the protection of confidential information in accordance with Section 29, the names of exporters, if possible, or of the countries involved, a description of the product and a summary of the facts and considerations relevant to subsidy and injury determinations and in each case, a copy of the said notice shall be sent to the known interested parties.

(4)      The provisions of sub-section (3) shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to reviews under this Act.

(5)      The Commission shall establish and maintain a non-lapseable personal ledger account in its name for the purpose of this Act and all duties and fees payable under and collected pursuant to this Act shall be held in such account.

(6)      The account established under sub-section (5) shall be maintained and operated in such manner as may be prescribed.

PART XII

VERIFICATION VISITS, SAMPLING, NON-COOPERATION, CONFIDENTIALITY AND DISCLOSURE

26.  Verification visits.--(1) The Commission may, where it considers it appropriate, carry out visits to examine the records of importers, exporters, traders, agents, producers, trade associations and organisations, to verify information provided on subsidisation and injury:

Provided that in the absence of a proper and timely reply a verification visit may not be carried out.

(2)      The Commission may carry out investigations in third countries as required, provided that--

(a)      it obtains consent of an entity concerned;

(b)      it gives notice to a country in question; and

(c)      the country in question does not object to an investigation.

(3)      As soon as consent of an entity concerned has been obtained the Commission shall give notice to an exporting country of the name and address of the entity to be visited and the dates agreed.

(4)      An entity concerned shall be advised of the nature of information to be verified during verification visits and of any further information which needs to be provided during such visits:

Provided that this shall not preclude the Commission from requiring further information or verification.

27.  Sampling.--(1) Where the Commission determines that the number of complainants, exporters or importers, types of product or transactions is large, the Commission may limit an investigation to--

(a)      a reasonable number of parties, products or transactions by using samples which are statistically valid on the basis of information available at the time of selection; or

(b)      to the largest representative volume of any production, sales or exports which can reasonably be investigated within the time available.

(2)      The selection of parties, types of products or transactions made under this section shall rest with the Commission:

Provided that preference shall be given by the Commission to choosing a sample in consultation with, and with the consent of, the parties concerned:

Provided further that such parties make themselves known and make sufficient information available to the Commission, within three weeks of initiation of an investigation, to enable a representative sample to be chosen.

(3)      In cases where the examination has been limited in accordance with this section, an individual amount of countervailable subsidisation shall, nevertheless, be calculated by the Commission for any exporter or producer not initially selected who submits the necessary information within the time limits provided for in this Act except where the Commission determines that the number of exporters or producers is so large that individual examinations would be unduly burdensome and would prevent completion of an investigation within the applicable time limits.

(4)  Where the Commission has decided to undertake a sample as provided for in this section and there is a degree of non-cooperation by some or all of the parties selected which is likely to materially affect the outcome of an investigation, a new sample may be selected by the Commission:

Provided that if a material degree of non-cooperation persists or there is insufficient time to select a new sample, the relevant provisions of Section 28 shall apply.

28.  Non-cooperation.--(1) Where any interested party refuses access to, or otherwise does not provide, necessary information within the time limits provided in this Act, or significantly impedes an investigation, provisional or final determinations, whether affirmative or negative, may be made by the Commission on the basis of the facts available.

(2)      Where the Commission establishes that any interested party has supplied false or misleading information, such information shall be disregarded and use may be made by the Commission of the facts available.

(3)      Where any information submitted by an interested party is not ideal in all respects it shall nevertheless not be disregarded by the Commission:

Provided that the Commission is satisfied that any deficiencies are not such as to cause undue difficulty in arriving at a reasonably accurate finding and that the information is appropriately submitted in good time and is verifiable, and that the party has acted to the best of its ability.

(4)      If evidence or information is not accepted by the Commission, a supplying party shall be informed forthwith of the reasons therefore and shall be granted an opportunity to provide further explanations within such time limit as the Commission may specify.

(5)      If determinations, including those regarding the amount of countervailable subsidies, are based on the provisions of sub-section (1) including any information supplied in an application it shall, where practicable and with due regard to the time limits of an investigation, be checked by the Commission by reference to information from other independent sources which may be available including published price lists, official import statistics and customs returns, or information obtained from other interested parties during the investigation.

(6)      If an interested party does not co-operate, or co-operates only partially so that relevant information is thereby withheld, the Commission may reach preliminary and final determinations, whether affirmative or negative, on the basis of the best information available.

29.  Confidentiality.--(1) Subject to sub-section (2), the Commission shall, during and after an investigation, keep confidential any information submitted to it and which is entitled to such treatment. Such information shall not be disclosed without specific permission of the party submitting it.

(2)      Information which is--

(a)      by nature confidential, because its disclosure shall be of significant competitive advantage to a competitor, or because its disclosure would have a significantly adverse effect upon a person supplying the information, or upon a person from whom the information was acquired, or where the Commission determines such information to be of a confidential nature for any other reason; or

(b)      provided on a confidential basis by parties to an investigation, shall, upon good cause shown, be treated as confidential by the Commission.

(3)      The following types of information shall be deemed to be by nature confidential, unless the Commission determines that disclosure in a particular case would neither be of significant competitive advantage to a competitor nor have a significantly adverse effect upon a person supplying an information or upon a person from whom such information was acquired, namely:--

(a)      business or trade secrets concerning the nature of a product, production processes, operations, production equipment, or machinery;

(b)      information concerning financial condition of a company, which is not publicly available; and

(c)      information concerning costs, identification of customers, sales, inventories, shipments, or amount or source of any income, profit, loss or expenditure related to the manufacture and sale of a product.

(4)      Any party seeking any information to be kept confidential shall request for the same at the time the information is submitted, along with the reasons warranting confidentiality. The Commission shall consider such requests expeditiously and inform the party submitting the information if it determines that the request for keeping the information confidential is not warranted.

(5)      Any party submitting any information with the request to keep it confidential shall furnish a non-confidential summary thereof. Such summary may take the form of ranges or indexation of figures provided in a confidential version, or marked deletions in text or in such other form as the Commission may require:

Provided that such non-confidential summary shall permit a reasonable understanding of the substance of any information submitted in confidence:

Provided further that the deletion in text shall, unless otherwise allowed by the Commission, only relate to names of any buyer or supplier.

(6)      In exceptional circumstances, parties may indicate that information for which confidentiality is sought is not susceptible of summary, in which case a statement of the reasons why summarisation is not possible shall be provided:

Provided that where the Commission concludes that a non-confidential summary provided fails to satisfy the requirements of sub-section (5), it may determine that the request for keeping an information confidential is not warranted.

(7)      If the Commission finds that a request for keeping an information confidential is not warranted, and if the supplier of the information is unwilling to make the information public or to authorise the disclosure in generalised or summary form, the Commission shall disregard such information, and return the information concerned to the party submitting it.

(8)      Save for sub-section (10), notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force, any confidential information received or obtained, directly or indirectly, by the Commission pursuant to or in connection with an investigation shall not be subject to disclosure by the Commission to any Ministry, Division, department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government or a Provincial Government without the prior permission of the party submitting such confidential information:

(9)      Information received pursuant to this Act shall be used only for the purpose for which it was requested.

(10)    The provisions of sub-section (8) shall not preclude the supply of information called for by the Appellate Tribunal pursuant to Section 33:

Provided that the obligation to protect confidential information as provided for in this Chapter shall, mutatis mutandis, extend to the Appellate Tribunal, subject to the proviso to sub-section (8).

30.  Disclosure.--(1) Any applicant, importer and exporter and their representative association and an exporting country may request disclosure by the Commission of the details underlying the essential facts and considerations on the basis of which provisional countervailing duties have been imposed:

Provided that requests for such disclosure shall be made in writing immediately following imposition of provisional countervailing duties and in any event no later than fifteen days there of and a disclosure by the Commission shall be made in writing as soon as possible thereafter.

(2)      The parties specified in sub-section (1) may request for a final disclosure by the Commission of the essential facts and considerations on the basis of which it is intended to recommend imposition of definitive countervailing duties, or termination of an investigation or proceedings without imposition of duties, particular attention being paid to disclosure of any facts or considerations which are different from those used for any provisional countervailing duties.

(3)      Requests for final disclosure shall be addressed to the Commission in writing and be received, in cases where provisional countervailing duty has been applied, not later than one month after imposition of that duty.

(4)      Where a provisional countervailing duty has not been imposed, parties shall be provided with an opportunity to request final disclosure within such time limits as may be determined by the Commission.

(5)      Final disclosure shall be given in writing and shall be made, with due regard to the protection of confidential information pursuant to Section 29, as soon as possible, and normally, not later than one month prior to a definitive determination.

(6)      Where the Commission is not in a position to disclose certain facts or considerations at that time, these shall be disclosed as soon as possible thereafter. Disclosure shall not prejudice any subsequent decision which may be taken by the Commission but where such decision is based on any different facts and considerations these shall be disclosed as soon as possible.

(7)      Representations which are made after a final disclosure is given, shall be taken into consideration only if received within such period as may be determined by the Commission in each case, which shall be at least ten days, due consideration being given to the urgency of the matter.

31.  Relationships between countervailing duty measures and multilateral remedies.--Where an investigated product is made subject to any counter measures imposed following recourse to the dispute settlement procedures provided for in the Agreement on Subsidies and such measures are appropriate to remove the injury caused by any countervailable subsidies, any countervailing duty imposed with regard to such product under this Act shall immediately be terminated by the Commission.

PART XIII

APPEAL TO THE APPELLATE TRIBUNAL

32.  Appeal to the Appellate Tribunal.--(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of Anti-Dumping Law for the time being inforce, the Appellate Tribunal shall also exercise jurisdiction under sub-section (2) under this Act.

(2)      Any interested party may prefer an appeal to the Appellate Tribunal against,--

(a)      the initiation of an investigation or a preliminary determination, where it is alleged that it does not satisfy the requirements of Section 11 and Section 13 respectively;

(b)      an affirmative or negative final determination by the Commission ;

(c)      any final determination pursuant to a review;

(d)      an order of the Commission for termination of investigation under Section 15; or

(e)      a determination of the Commission under Section 22.

(3)      An appeal under Clause (a) of sub-section (2) shall be filed within thirty days of the publication of notice of initiation or notice preliminary determination, as the case may be.

(4)      The Appellate Tribunal shall handle such an appeal as a priority and shall issue its decision on the appeal within thirty days of the filing of an appeal with the Appellate Tribunal.

(5)      The filing of an appeal under Clause (a) of sub-section (2) shall have no effect on the Commission’s conduct of investigation.

(6)      An appeal under clauses (b) to (e) of sub-section (2) shall be filed within forty-five days from the date of publication in newspapers of a public notice or as the case may be, date of the decision of the Commission of any affirmative or negative final decision or determination or termination of investigation by the Commission, and shall be in such form and contain such information as may be prescribed.

(7)      Such an appeal shall be disposed of and the decision of the Appellate Tribunal pronounced, as expeditiously as possible, but no later than forty-five days from the date of receipt of an appeal compliant with the requirements contained in this Act, except in extraordinary circumstances and on grounds to be recorded. The Appellate Tribunal shall hear the appeal from day-to-day.

(8)      In examining an appeal under sub-section (2), the Appellate Tribunal may make such further inquiry as it may consider necessary, and after giving the Commission and an appellant an opportunity of being heard, pass such order as it thinks fit, confirming, altering or annulling a determination of the Commission appealed against:

Provided that in case the Appellate Tribunal decision requires action by the Commission, it shall remand the case to the Commission for decision.

(9)  After examining the appeal, the Appellate Tribunal shall assess the facts related to the impugned determination of the Commission. The Appellate Tribunal shall determine whether the establishment of the facts of the Commission was proper and whether the Commission’s evaluation of those facts was unbiased and objective. The Appellate Tribunal shall base its determination on the official record maintained by the Commission or any other documents relied upon by the Commission in reaching the impugned determination.

(10)    Where the Appellate Tribunal determines that the Commission’s establishment of the facts was proper and its evaluation was unbiased and objective, it shall confirm the impugned determination of the Commission provided that the Appellate Tribunal is satisfied that in reaching its determination, the Commission complied with the relevant provisions of this Act.

(11)    The decision of the Appellate Tribunal shall be in writing, detailing the issues raised in the appeal and the arguments adopted by the appellant and the Commission. The Appellate Tribunal shall also provide reasons for reaching its decision with reference to the provisions of this Act and the facts of the case.

(12)    The Appellate Tribunal shall provide copies of its decision to all the appellants and respondents including the Commission no later than five days from the date of rendering its decision.

(13)    The Appellate Tribunal may, if it deems necessary, require an appellant to provide security in such form as may be prescribed, at the time of filing of an appeal.

(14)    The decision of the Appellate Tribunal shall be appealable in the High Court. The High Court shall decide the appeal within ninety days:

Provided that the High Court shall not make an interim order against the conduct of investigation by the Commission unless the Commission has been given notice of the application and has had an opportunity of being heard and the High Court, for reasons to be recorded in writing, is satisfied that the interim order would not have the effect of prejudicing or interfering with the carrying out of a public work or of otherwise being harmful to the public interest [or State property] or of impeding the assessment or collection of public revenues:

Provided further that the Appellate Tribunal may, if it thinks fit, accept an application from any party to an appeal in which the Appellate Tribunal has rendered its decision, for a clarification of any of the issues raised by the Appellate Tribunal in its decision:

Provided also that such application shall specify the precise issue in respect of which a clarification is sought and give reasons as to why a clarification is necessary.

(15)    The Appellate Tribunal shall only accept an application under the first proviso of sub-section (14) if it is satisfied that a material issue discussed in its decision requires further clarification or elaboration. The party likely to be adversely affected by such clarification shall also be issued a notice by the Appellate Tribunal:

Provided that no such application shall be accepted by the Appellate Tribunal later than thirty days of its decision.

(16)    The Appellate Tribunal shall perform its functions under this Act in accordance with such procedures as may be prescribed.

(17)    A determination of the Commission shall be given full force and effect during the pendency of any appeal of such determination.

(18)    A person duly authorized by any interested party is entitled to appear, plead and act on behalf of that interested party before the Appellate Tribunal.

33.   Power of the Appellate Tribunal to call for and examine record.--The Appellate Tribunal may call for and examine any records of an investigation conducted by the Commission and any other information or documents relied upon by the Commission in reaching a determination appealed against for the purpose of satisfying itself as to the legality or propriety of an impugned determination of the Commission.

PART XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

34.   Power to make rules.--(1) The Federal Government may, in consultation with the Commission, by notification in the official Gazette, make rules for carrying out the purposes of this Act.

(2)  In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing power, such rules may provide for the manner in which any investigation may be conducted, the manner in which an investigated product may be identified, the factors to which regard shall be had in any such investigation, the manner of assessment, levy and collection of any countervailing duty, whether preliminary or definitive, and for all matters connected with an investigation.

35.   Protection to persons prejudiced in employment because of assisting the Commission.--(1) An employer shall not--

(a)      dismiss an employee, or prejudice an employee in his employment, because the employee has assisted the Commission in connection with an inquiry or investigation under this Act; or

(b)      dismiss or threaten to dismiss an employee, or prejudice or threaten to prejudice an employee in his employment, because the employee proposes to assist the Commission in connection with an inquiry or investigation under this Act.

(2)  For the purposes of sub-section (1), a person shall be taken to assist the Commission in connection with an inquiry if the person--

(a)      gives information, whether orally or in writing, or gives documents, to the Commission in connection with an inquiry or investigation under this Act; or

(b)      gives evidence, or produces documents, at an inquiry, investigation or hearing held under this Act.

36.   Public file to be maintained for interested party and access thereto.--(1) The Commission shall establish and maintain a file relating to each investigation or review pursuant to this Act and subject to the requirement to protect confidential information under Section 29. The Commission shall place in such file--

(a)      all public notices relating to an investigation or review;

(b)      all materials, including questionnaires, responses to questionnaires, and written communications submitted to the Commission ;

(c)      all other information developed or obtained by the Commission ; and

(d)      any other documents the Commission deems appropriate for disclosure to an interested party.

(2)  The file to be maintained under sub-section (1) shall be available to any interested party for review and copying at the offices of the Commission, during such time as the Commission may specify, throughout the course of an investigation or review and any appeal under Section 32.

37.   Official file to be maintained by the Commission.--(1) The Commission shall establish and maintain an official file relating to each investigation or review pursuant to this Act and shall place in such file--

(a)      all materials, papers and documents, confidential or otherwise, including questionnaires, responses to questionnaires, and written communications submitted to or by the Commission in connection with an investigation or review;

(b)      all documents relating to or setting out any calculations made by the Commission in connection with an investigation or review;

(c)      all internal correspondence or memoranda of the Commission relating to or in connection with an investigation or review that are relevant to the calculation of dumping margin or determination of injury including, any correspondence with or between any other Ministry, Division, department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government or any Provisional Government;

(d)      any other information developed, obtained or relied on by the Commission in connection with an investigation or review; and

(e)      any other document or information that the Commission deems appropriate for placing in the official file.

(2)  The file to be maintained under sub-section (1) shall only be for the internal use of the Commission and for the Appellate Tribunal in connection with an appeal under Section 32.

38.   Appointment of advisers and consultants.--(1) Subject to sub-section (2), the Commission may, employ and pay consultants, agents, technical, professional and other advisers, including bankers, economists, actuaries, accountants, lawyers and other persons to do any act required to be done in the exercise of its powers, the performance of its functions or for the better implementation of the purposes of this Act.

(2)  The decision to employ and the terms and conditions of employment of external advisers and consultants pursuant to sub-section (1) shall be made by the Commission in accordance with such policy guidelines as may be established by the Federal Government, in consultation with the Commission, from time to time.

39.   Removal of difficulty.--The Federal Government may for the purpose of removing any difficulty in relation to any matters under this Act, make such orders as may appear to it to be necessary for the purpose of removing the difficulty:

Provided that no such power shall be exercised after the expiry of two years from the commencement of this Act.

40.   Act to override other laws.--The provisions of this Act shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith contained in any other law for the time being in force:

Provided that this provision shall not apply on the National Tariff Commission Law for the time being inforce.

THE FIRST SCHEDULE

[See Section 5(6)(a)]

ILLUSTRATIVE LIST OF EXPORT SUBSIDIES

1.       In this Schedule, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,--

(a)      “commercially available” means that the choice between domestic and imported products is unrestricted and depends only on commercial considerations;

(b)      “direct taxes” means taxes on wages, profits, interests, rents, royalties, and all other forms of income, and taxes on the ownership of real property;

(c)      “cumulative indirect taxes” means indirect taxes which are multi-staged taxes levied where there is no mechanism for subsequent crediting of the tax if goods or services subject to tax at one stage of production are used in a succeeding state of production;

(d)      “import charges” means tariffs, duties, and other fiscal charges that are levied on imports;

(e)      “indirect taxes” means sales, excise, turnover, value added, franchise, stamp, transfer, inventory and equipment taxes, border taxes and all taxes other than direct taxes and import charges;

(f)       “prior-stage indirect taxes” means those indirect taxes levied on goods or services used directly or indirectly in making a product;

(g)      “remission” of taxes includes the refund or rebate of taxes; and

(h)      “remission or drawback” includes the full or partial exemption or deferral of import charges:

          Provided that deferral may not amount to an export subsidy where, for example, appropriate interest charges are collected.

2.       The following is an illustrative list of export subsidies, namely:--

(a)      any provision by a government of direct subsidies to a firm or an industry contingent upon export performance;

(b)      currency retention schemes or any similar practices which involve a bonus on exports;

(c)      internal transport and freight charges on export shipments, provided or mandated by a government, on terms more favourable than for domestic shipments;

(d)      any provision by a government or its agencies either directly or indirectly through government-mandated schemes, of imported or domestic products or services for use in the production of exported goods, on terms or conditions more favourable than for provision of like or directly competitive products or services for use in the production of goods for domestic consumption, if, in the case of products, such terms or conditions are more favourable than those commercially available on world markets to their exporters;

(e)      any full or partial exemption, remission, or deferral specifically related to exports, of direct taxes or social welfare charges paid or payable by industrial or commercial enterprises;

(f)       any allowance of special deductions directly related to exports or export performance, over and above those granted in respect of production for domestic consumption, in calculation of the base on which direct taxes are charged;

(g)      any exemption or remission, in respect of the production and distribution of exported products, of indirect taxes in excess of those levied in respect of production and distribution of like products when sold for domestic consumption;

(h)      any exemption, remission or deferral of prior-stage cumulative indirect taxes on goods or services used in the production of exported products in excess of any exemption, remission or deferral of like prior-stage cumulative indirect taxes on goods or services used in the production of like products when sold for domestic consumption; provided, however, that prior-stage cumulative indirect taxes may be exempted, remitted or deferred on exported products even when not exempted, remitted or deferred on like products when sold for domestic consumption, if any prior-stage cumulative indirect taxes are levied on inputs that are consumed in the production of an exported product making normal allowance for waste. This clause shall be interpreted in accordance with the guidelines on consumption of inputs in a production process contained in the Second Schedule. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this clause shall not apply to value-added tax systems and border-tax adjustment in lieu thereof and the provisions of Clause (g) shall exclusively cover issues relating to excessive remission of value-added taxes;

(i)       any remission or drawback of import charges in excess of those levied on imported inputs that are consumed in the production of an exported product, making normal allowance for waste; provided, however, that in particular cases a firm may use a quantity of home market inputs equal to, and having the same quality and characteristics as, the imported inputs as a substitute for them in order to benefit from this provision if the import and the corresponding export operations both occur within a reasonable time period, not to exceed two years. This clause shall be interpreted in accordance with the guidelines on consumption of inputs in the production process contained in the Second Schedule and the guidelines in the determination of substitution drawback systems as export subsidies contained in the Third Schedule;

(j)       any provision by a government or, special institutions controlled by a government, of export credit guarantee or insurance programmes, of insurance or guarantee programmes against increases in the cost of exported products or of exchange risk programmes, at premium rates which are inadequate to cover long- term operating costs and losses of the programmes;

(k)      any grant by a government or special institutions controlled by or acting under the authority of a government, or both, of export credits at rates below those which they actually have to pay for the funds so employed or, would have to pay if they borrowed on international capital markets in order to obtain funds of the same maturity and other credit terms and denominated in the same currency as an export credit or, the payment by them of all or part of the costs incurred by exporters or financial institutions in obtaining credits, insofar as they are used to secure a material advantage in the field of export credit terms. Provided, however, that if a country which is a member of the WTO is a party to an international undertaking on official export credits to which at least twelve original such members are parties as of the first day of January, 1979, or, a successor undertaking which has been adopted by those original members, or if in practice a country which is member of the WTO applies the interest rates provisions of the relevant undertaking, an export credit practice which is in conformity with those provisions shall not be considered an export subsidy; and

(l)       any other charge on a public account constituting an export subsidy in the sense of Article XVI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, 1994.

THE SECOND SCHEDULE

(See the First Schedule)

GUIDELINES ON CONSUMPTION OF INPUTS IN THE PRODUCTION PROCESS

1.       For the purposes of this Schedule “inputs consumed in the production process” means inputs physically incorporated, energy, fuels and oil used in a production process and catalysts which are consumed in the course of their use to obtain an exported product.

2.       Indirect tax rebate schemes can allow for exemption, remission or deferral of prior-stage cumulative indirect taxes levied on inputs that are consumed in the production of an exported product making normal allowance for waste. Similarly, drawback schemes can allow for the remission or drawback of import charges levied on inputs that are consumed in the production of an exported product making normal allowance for waste.

3.       The illustrative list of export subsidies in the First Schedule makes reference to the term “inputs that are consumed in the production of the exported product” in clauses (h) and (i) of Para 2 thereof. Pursuant to Clause (h) of Para 2 of the First Schedule, indirect tax rebate schemes can constitute an export subsidy to the extent that they result in exemption, remission or deferral of prior-stage cumulative indirect taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes actually levied on inputs that are consumed in the production of an exported product. Pursuant to Clause (i) of Para 2 of the First Schedule, drawback schemes can constitute an export subsidy to the extent that they result in a remission or drawback of import charges in excess of those actually levied on inputs that are consumed in the production of an exported product. Both the said clauses stipulate that normal allowance for waste must be made in findings regarding consumption of inputs in the production of an exported product. Clause (i) of para 2 of the First Schedule also provides for substitution, where appropriate.

4.       In examining whether inputs are consumed in the production of an exported product, as part of a countervailing duty investigation pursuant to this Act, the Commission should normally proceed on the following basis, namely:--

(a)      where it is alleged that an indirect tax rebate scheme, or a drawback scheme, conveys a subsidy by reason of over-rebate or excess drawback of indirect taxes or import charges on inputs consumed in the production of an investigated product, the Commission shall normally first determine whether the government of an exporting country has in place and applies a system or procedure to confirm which inputs are consumed in the production of an exported product and in what amounts. Where such a system or procedure is determined to be applied, the Commission shall normally then examine the system or procedure to see whether it is reasonable and effective for the purpose intended, and based on generally accepted commercial practices in the country of export. The Commission may deem it necessary to carry out, in accordance with Section 26, certain practical tests in order to verify information or to satisfy itself that the system or procedure is being effectively applied;

(b)      where there is no such system or procedure, or where it is not reasonable, or where it is instituted and considered reasonable but is found not to be applied or not to be applied effectively, a further examination by an exporting country based on the actual inputs involved will normally need to be carried out in the context of determining whether an excess payment occurred. If the Commission deems it necessary, a further examination may be carried out in accordance with Clause (a) of this para;

(c)      the Commission must normally treat inputs as physically incorporated if such inputs are used in the production process and are physically present in a product exported, and an input need not be present in a final product in the same form in which it entered the production process;

(d)      in determining the amount of a particular input that is consumed in the production of an exported product, a “normal allowance for waste” must normally be taken into account by the Commission, and such waste must normally be treated as consumed in the production of an exported product. The term “waste” refers to that portion of a given input which does not serve an independent function in the production process, is not consumed in the production of an exported product, for reasons such as inefficiencies, and is not recovered, used or sold by the same manufacturer; and

(e)      the Commission’s determination of whether the claimed allowance for waste is “normal” shall normally take into account the production process, the average experience of an industry in the country of export, and other technical factors, as appropriate. The Commission shall bear in mind that an important question is whether the authorities in an exporting country have reasonably calculated the amount of waste, when such an amount is intended to be included in a tax or duty rebate or remission.

THE THIRD SCHEDULE

[See the First Schedule and Second Schedule]

GUIDELINES IN THE DETERMINATION OF SUBSTITUTION DRAWBACK SYSTEMS AS EXPORT SUBSIDIES

1.       Drawback systems can allow for refund or drawback of import charges on inputs which are consumed in a production process of another product and where export of this latter product contains domestic inputs having the same quality and characteristics as those submitted for imported inputs. Pursuant to Clause (i) of Para 2 of the First Schedule, substitution drawback systems can constitute an export subsidy to the extent that they result in an excess drawback of import charges levied initially on imported inputs for which drawback is being claimed.

2.       In examining any substitution drawback system as part of an investigation the Commission shall normally proceed on the following basis, namely:--

(a)      Clause (i) of Para 2 of the First Schedule stipulates that home market inputs may be substituted for imported inputs in the production of a product for export provided such inputs are equal in quantity to, and have same quality and characteristics as, imported inputs being substituted. The existence of a verification system or procedure is important because it enables the government of an exporting country to ensure and demonstrate that the quantity of inputs for which drawback is claimed does not exceed the quantity of similar products exported, in whatever form, and that there is no drawback of import charges in excess of those originally levied on imported inputs in question;

(b)      where it is alleged that a substitution drawback system conveys a subsidy, the Commission shall normally first proceed to determine whether the government of an exporting country has in place and applies a verification system or procedure. Where such a system or procedure is determined to be applied, the Commission shall normally then examine the verification procedures to see whether they are reasonable and effective for the purpose intended, and based on generally accepted commercial practices in the country of export. To the extent that any procedures are determined to meet this test and are effectively applied, no subsidy will be presumed to exist. It may be deemed necessary by the Commission to carry out, in accordance with Section 26, certain practical tests in order to verify information or to satisfy itself that verification procedures are being effectively applied;

(c)      where there are no verification procedures, or where they are not reasonable, or where such procedures are instituted and considered reasonable but are found not be actually applied or not be applied effectively, there may be a subsidy. In such cases, further examination by an exporting country based on actual transactions involved would need to be carried out to determine whether an excess payment occurred. If the Commission deems it necessary, a further examination may be carried out in accordance with Clause (b); and

(d)      the existence of a substitution drawback provision under which exporters are allowed to select particular import shipments on which drawback is claimed shall not of itself be considered by the Commission to convey a subsidy.

3.       An excess drawback of import charges within the meaning of Clause (i) of Para 2 of the First Schedule, would be deemed to exist where a government paid interest on any monies refunded under its drawback schemes, to the extent of an interest actually paid or payable.

--------------------


ACT NO. XIV OF 2015

ANTI-DUMPING DUTIES ACT, 2015

An Act to reform and repeal the Anti-Dumping Duties Ordinance, 2000

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 10th September, 2015]

No. F. 22(17)/2015-Legis., dated 8.9.2015.--The following Act of Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) received the assent of the President on the 5th September, 2015 and is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient to give effect in Pakistan to the provisions of Article VI of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, 1994, and to the Agreement on Implementation thereof and to amend and consolidate the law relating to imposition of anti-dumping duties to offset such dumping, to provide a framework for investigation and determination of dumping and injury in respect of goods imported into Pakistan and for matters ancillary thereto or connected therewith;

AND WHEREAS the imposition of anti-dumping duties to offset injurious dumping is in the public interest;

AND WHEREAS it is expedient to provide for certain reforms in the Anti-Dumping Duties Ordinance, 2000 (LXV of 2000), by repealing the said Ordinance and re-enacting the law for the purposes hereinafter appearing;

It is hereby enacted as follows:--

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1.  Short title, extent and commencement.--(1) This Act may be called the Anti-Dumping Duties Act, 2015.

(2)      It extends to the whole of Pakistan.

(3)      It shall come into force at once.

2.     Definitions.--In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,--

(a)      “Appellate Tribunal” means the Appellate Tribunal established under Section 64;

(b)      “Commission” means the National Tariff Commission established under the law for the time being in force;

(c)      “Country” means any country or territory whether a member of the World Trade Organisation or not and includes a customs union or separate customs territory;

(d)      “Domestic industry” means the domestic producers as a whole of a domestic like product or those whose collective output of that product constitutes a major proportion of the total domestic production of that product; except when any such domestic producers are related to the exporters or importers, or are themselves importers of the allegedly dumped investigated product. In such a case “domestic industry” may mean the rest of the domestic producers:

          Explanation.--For the purposes of this clause, producers shall be deemed to be related to exporters or importers only if--

(i)       one of them directly or indirectly controls the other;

(ii)      both of them are directly or indirectly controlled by the same third person; or

(iii)     together they directly or indirectly control a third person:

          Provided that there are grounds for believing or suspecting that the effect of the relationship is such as to cause the producer concerned to behave differently from non-related producers. For that purpose one shall be deemed to control another when the former is legally or operationally in a position to exercise restraint or direction over the latter;

          Provided further that, in exceptional circumstances, as may be determined by the Commission, domestic industry in relation to a product in question may be divided into two or more competitive markets and producers within each such market may be regarded as a separate industry if--

(i)       the producers within such a market sell all or almost all of their production of the product in question in such a market; and

(ii)      the demand in such a market is not, to any substantial degree, supplied by producers of the product in question located elsewhere in Pakistan;

(e)      “Domestic like product” means a “like product” that is produced by the domestic Industry;

(f)       “Dumping margin” in relation to a product, means the amount by which its normal value exceeds its export price;

(g)      “Export price” means export price determined in accordance with Part IV of this Act;

(h)      “Exporting country” means, save as provided in sub-section (3) of Section 5, a country from which an investigated product is exported to Pakistan;

(i)       “Injury” means, unless otherwise specified, material injury to a domestic industry, threat of material injury to a domestic industry or material retardation of the establishment of a domestic industry, when dumped imports are causing such injury;

(j)       “interested party” includes--

(i)       any exporter or foreign producer of an investigated product;

(ii)      any importer of an investigated product;

(iii)     trade or business association a majority of the members of which are producers, exporters or importers of an investigated product;

(iv)     the government of an exporting country;

(v)      any producer of a domestic like product in Pakistan;

(vi)     trade or business associations a majority of the members of which produce a domestic like product in Pakistan; and

(vii)    such other person or group of persons as the Commission may, by notification in the official Gazette, specify;

(k)      “investigated product” means a product which is subject to an anti-dumping investigation as described in the notice of initiation of the investigation;

(l)       “investigation” means an investigation conducted under this Act;

(m)     “like product” means a product which is alike in all respects to an investigated product or, in the absence of such a product, another product which, although not alike in all respects, has characteristics closely resembling those of the investigated product;

(n)      “Normal value” means normal value determined in accordance with Part III of this Act;

(o)      “prescribed” means prescribed by rules made under this Act; and

(p)      “WTO” means the World Trade Organisation established pursuant to the Marrakesh Agreement concluded in Marrakesh, Morocco, on the 15th of April, 1994.

PART II

ANTI-DUMPING MEASURES

3.  Levy of anti-dumping duty.--(1) The Commission shall, by notification in the official Gazette, impose anti-dumping measures on products imported into Pakistan when it determines, pursuant to an investigation initiated and conducted in accordance with the provisions of this Act that--

(a)      an investigated product is dumped within the meaning of this Act; and

(b)      injury is being caused to domestic industry within the meaning of this Act.

PART III

IDENTIFICATION OF DUMPING AND DETERMINATION OF NORMAL VALUE

4.     Identification of dumping.--For the purposes of this Act an investigated product shall be considered to be dumped if it is introduced into the commerce of Pakistan at a price which is less than its normal value.

5.     Normal value based on prices in exporting country.--(1) Save as provided for in Section 6, the Commission shall establish normal value of an investigated product on the basis of comparable price paid or payable, in the ordinary course of trade, for sales of a like product when destined for consumption in an exporting country.

(2)      Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), the Commission may establish normal value of an investigated product on the basis of comparable price paid or payable in the ordinary course of trade for sales of a like product when destined for consumption in the country of origin of the investigated product if--

(a)      such products are not produced in an exporting country; or

(b)      there is no comparable price for them in an exporting country.

(3)      In the event the Commission decides to establish normal value on the basis of the country of origin of an investigated product pursuant to sub-section (2), any reference to an exporting country in this Act shall be deemed to refer to the country of origin of the investigated product.

6.     Normal value based on export price to a third country or on constructed value.--(1) When there are no sales of a like product in the ordinary course of trade in domestic market of an exporting country, or when such sales do not permit a proper comparison because of any particular market situation or low volume of the sales in the domestic market of the exporting country, the Commission shall establish normal value of an investigated product on the basis of either--

(a)      a comparable price of the like product when exported to an appropriate third country provided that this price is representative; or

(b)      the cost of production in the exporting country plus a reasonable amount for administrative, selling and general costs and for profits.

(2)  Sales of the like product destined for consumption in the domestic market of the exporting country or sales to an appropriate third country shall normally be considered to be a sufficient quantity for the determination of normal value if such sales constitute five per cent or more of the sales of the investigated product to Pakistan:

Provided that, if such sales constitute less than five per cent of the sales of the investigated product to Pakistan, the Commission shall accept a lower ratio if, on the basis of evidence submitted by interested parties or otherwise available to it, it is satisfied that sales at such lower ratio are nonetheless of sufficient magnitude to provide for a proper comparison.

7.     Circumstances in which certain sales may be disregarded in determining normal value.--(1) The Commission may treat sales of a like product in domestic market of an exporting country or sales to a third country at prices below per unit, fixed and variable, cost of production plus administrative, selling and other costs as not being in the ordinary course of trade by reason of price and may disregard such sales in determining normal value only if the Commission determines that such sales were made--

(a)      within an extended period of time which shall normally be a period of one year and in no case less than a period of six months;

(b)      in substantial quantities; and

(c)      at prices which do not provide for the recovery of all costs within a reasonable period of time.

(2)      For the purposes of sub-Clause (b) of sub-section (1), sales below per unit cost shall be deemed to be in substantial quantities if the Commission establishes that--

(a)      a weighted average selling price of transactions under consideration for the determination of normal value is below a weighted average cost; or

(b)      the volume of sales below per unit cost represents twenty per cent or more of the volume sold in transactions under consideration for the determination of normal value.

(3)      If prices which are below per unit cost at the time of sale are above the weighted average cost for the period of investigation, the Commission shall consider such prices as providing for recovery of costs within a reasonable period of time.

8.     Calculation of costs for the purposes of Sections 6 and 7.--(1) For the purposes of Sections 6 and 7, the Commission shall normally calculate costs on the basis of records kept by an exporter or a producer under investigation provided that such records are in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles of an exporting country and reasonably reflect the costs associated with the production and sale of a like product.

(2)  For the purposes of Sections 6 and 7, the amounts for administrative, selling and general costs and for profits shall be based on actual data pertaining to production and sales in the ordinary course of trade of a like product for consumption in an exporting country by any exporter or producer under investigation:

Provided that where the Commission is satisfied that such amounts cannot be determined on the basis set out in sub-section (2), the amounts may be determined on the basis of--

(a)      the actual amounts incurred and realised by an exporter or a producer in question in respect of production and sales in domestic market of an exporting country of the same general category of products;

(b)      the weighted average of the actual amounts incurred and realised by other exporters or producers subject to investigation in respect of production and sales of a like product in domestic market of an exporting country; or

(c)      any other reasonable method provided that the amount for profit so established shall not exceed the profit normally realised by other exporters or producers on sales of products of the same general category in domestic market of an exporting country of a like product.

(3)      The Commission shall consider all available evidence on the proper allocation of costs, including such information as is made available by any exporter or producer of a like product in the course of an investigation provided that such allocations have been historically utilised by the exporter or producer, in relation to establishing appropriate amortisation and depreciation periods and allowances for capital expenditures and other development cost, as the case may be.

(4)      Unless already reflected in the cost allocations under this section, the Commission shall adjust costs appropriately for those non-recurring items of cost which benefit either future or current production or both, or, for circumstances in which costs during the period of investigation are affected by start-up operations. Such adjustment made for start-up operations shall reflect the costs at the end of the start-up period or, if that period extends beyond the period of investigation, the most recent costs which can reasonably be taken into account by the Commission during the investigation.

9.  Exports from a country in which the government exercises sufficient control over economic decisions so that the domestic market does not operate freely.--(1) Where the Commission determines that the government of an exporting country exercises sufficient control over economic decisions so that domestic market of such exporting country does not operate freely, the Commission may, determine normal value on the basis of--

(a)      a comparable price paid or payable, in the ordinary course of trade, for sales of a like product when destined for consumption in an appropriate market economy country;

(b)      where the Commission determines that the provisions of Clause (a) cannot be applied, a comparable price paid or payable, in the ordinary course of trade, for exports of a like product from an appropriate market economy country to other countries, including Pakistan;

(c)      where the Commission determines that the provisions of clauses (a) and (b) may not be applied, a price actually paid or payable in Pakistan for a domestic like product, duly adjusted if necessary to include a profit margin corresponding to the margin to be expected under the existing economic circumstances for the sector concerned; or

(d)      where the Commission determines that the provisions of clauses (a), (b) and (c) may not be applied, any other reasonable basis.

(2)  In identifying an appropriate market economy country for the purposes of sub-section (1), the Commission shall take into account factors such as,--

(a)      similarity of the product in terms of materials and end use;

(b)      similarity of production methods; and

(c)      availability of necessary information to the Commission.

PART IV

DETERMINATION OF EXPORT PRICE

10.  Export price.--(1) Save as provided for in sub-Sections (2) and (3), an export price shall be a price actually paid or payable for an investigated product when sold for export from an exporting country to Pakistan.

(2)      In cases where there is no export price or where it appears to the Commission that an export price is unreliable because of association or a compensatory arrangement between an exporter and an importer or a third party--

(a)      the export price may be constructed on the basis of a price at which imported products are first resold to an independent buyer; or

(b)      if the imported products are not resold to an independent buyer, or not resold in the condition as imported, on such reasonable basis as the Commission may determine.

(3)      Where, the Commission determines normal value on the basis of the country of origin pursuant to sub-section (2) of Section 5, an export price shall be a price actually paid or payable, as determined by the Commission, for an investigated product when sold for export in the country of origin of the investigated product.

PART V

COMPARISON BETWEEN NORMAL VALUE AND EXPORT PRICE

11.   Comparison.--(1) To ensure a fair comparison between export price and normal value, the Commission shall, where possible, compare export price and normal value with the same characteristics in terms of level of trade, time of sale, quantities, taxes, physical characteristics, conditions and terms of sale and for delivery at the same place which shall normally be at ex-factory level. Where an interested party demonstrates to the Commission that any of the factors set out in this sub-section or any other factors identified by such interested party affect price comparability, the Commission shall make due allowance for differences in such factors to the extent that the same affect price comparability.

(2)      In cases where export price is constructed on the basis of a price at which imported products are first resold to an independent buyer pursuant to sub-Clause (a) of sub-section (2) of Section 10, allowances for costs including duties and taxes incurred between importation and resale, and a reasonable amount for profits accruing, may also be made. If in such cases price comparability has been affected, the Commission shall establish normal value at a level of trade equivalent to a level of trade of a constructed export price, or shall make due allowance as warranted under this section.

(3)      The Commission shall indicate to the parties in question what information is necessary to ensure a fair comparison and shall not impose an unreasonable burden of proof on those parties.

12.   Comparison methods.--(1) Subject to Section 11, existence of dumping margin shall normally be established on the basis of a comparison of a weighted average normal value with a weighted average of prices of all comparable export transactions or by a comparison of normal value and export prices on a transaction-to- transaction basis.

(2)  Normal value established on a weighted average basis may be compared to prices of individual export transactions if--

(a)      the Commission finds a pattern of export prices, which differs significantly among different purchasers, regions or time periods; and

(b)      the Commission provides an explanation as to why such differences cannot be taken into account appropriately by the use of a weighted average-to-weighted average or transaction-to-transaction comparison.

13.   Currency conversion.--(1) Should the price comparison under Sections 11 and 12 require a conversion of currencies, the Commission shall make such conversion using the rate of exchange on the date of sale.

(2)      For the purposes of sub-section (1) the date of sale shall normally be the date of contract, purchase order, order confirmation or invoice whichever establishes the material terms of sale.

(3)      Notwithstanding anything in sub-Sections (1) and (2), when a sale of foreign currency on forward markets is used in direct relation to an export sale, the Commission shall use the rate of exchange in the forward sale for all the related transactions.

(4)      The Commission shall ignore fluctuations in exchange rates and shall allow exporters at least sixty days to have adjusted their export prices to reflect sustained movements in exchange rates during the period of investigation.

14.   Individual dumping margin.--(1) The Commission shall determine an individual dumping margin for each known exporter or producer of an investigated product.

(2)      Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where the Commission is satisfied that the number of exporters, producers or importers, or types of products involved is so large as to make it impracticable to determine an individual dumping margin for each known exporter or producer concerned of an investigated product, the Commission may limit its examination to a reasonable number of interested parties or investigated products by using samples which are statistically valid on the basis of information available to the Commission at the time of selection, or to the largest percentage of volume of exports from the country in question which can reasonably be investigated.

(3)      The selection of exporters, producers, importers or types of products shall normally be made by the Commission in consultation with the exporters, producers or importers concerned:

Provided that the final selection of the exporters, producers, importers or types of products shall rest with the Commission.

(4)      In cases where the Commission has limited its examination as provided for in sub-Sections (2) and (3), the Commission shall nevertheless determine an individual dumping margin for any exporter or producer who voluntarily submits the necessary information in time for that information to be considered during the course of an investigation:

Provided that where the Commission determines that the number of exporters or producers is so large that individual examinations would be unduly burdensome to the Commission and prevent the timely completion of the investigation, the Commission may decline to determine an individual dumping margin on the basis of such voluntary responses and limit its examination to such exporters and producers selected pursuant to sub-section (2).

PART VI

DETERMINATION OF INJURY

15.  Determination of injury.--(1) A determination of injury, for the purposes of this Act shall be based on an objective examination of all relevant factors by the Commission which shall include but shall not be limited to--

(a)      volume of dumped imports;

(b)      effect of dumped imports on prices in domestic market for like products; and

(c)      consequent impact of dumped imports on domestic producers of such products.

(2)      With regard to volume of dumped imports, the Commission shall consider whether there has been a significant increase in dumped imports, either in absolute terms or relative to production or consumption in Pakistan.

(3)      With regard to effect of dumped imports on prices in domestic market, the Commission shall consider whether--

(a)      there has been a significant price undercutting by the dumped imports as compared with price of a domestic like product; or

(b)      whether the effect of dumped imports is otherwise to depress prices to a significant degree or prevent price increases, which otherwise would have occurred, to a significant degree.

(4)      No one or several of the factors identified in sub-section (2) or (3) shall be deemed to necessarily give decisive guidance and the Commission may take into account such other factors as it considers relevant for the determination of injury.

(5)      In circumstances where domestic industry in relation to a product in question has been divided into two or more competitive markets, and producers within each such market are regarded as a separate industry under the second proviso to the explanation to Clause (e) of Section 2, injury may be found to exist even where a major portion of the total domestic industry does not suffer injury provided that, there is a concentration of dumped imports into such a market, and provided further that dumped imports are causing injury to the producers of all or almost all of the production within such market.

16.   Cumulation.--Where imports of a like product from more than one country are the subject of simultaneous investigations under this Act the Commission may cumulatively assess the effects of such imports on domestic industry only if it determines that--

(a)      dumping margin in relation to an investigated product from each country is more than the negligible amount as specified in Clause (a) of sub-section (3) of Section 41, and volume of dumped imports from each investigated country is not less than the negligible quantity as specified in Clause (b) of sub-section (3) of Section 41; and

(b)      a cumulative assessment of the effects of the imports is appropriate in the light of--

(i)       the conditions of competition between the imports; and

(ii)      the conditions of competition between the imports and a domestic like product.

17.   Examination of impact of dumped imports on domestic industry.--(1) An examination of impact of dumped imports on domestic industry concerned shall include an evaluation by the Commission of all relevant economic factors and indices having a bearing on the state of the domestic industry, including, but not limited to--

(a)      actual and potential decline in sales, profits, output, market share, productivity, return on investments, or utilisation of capacity;

(b)      factors affecting domestic prices;

(c)      magnitude of dumping margin; and

(d)      actual and potential negative effects on cash flow, inventories, employment, wages, growth, ability to raise capital or investments.

          Explanation.--The list of factors specified in sub-section (1) shall not be exhaustive, nor shall one or several of these factors be deemed to necessarily give decisive guidance.

(2)  The Commission shall assess effect of dumped imports in relation to production of a domestic like product in Pakistan when available data permit separate identification of that production on the basis of criteria of production process, producer’s sales and profits:

Provided that if such separate identification of that production is not possible, the Commission shall assess effects of dumped imports by examination of the production of the narrowest group or range of products, which includes a domestic like product, for which necessary information can be provided.

18.   Causation.--(1) The Commission shall satisfy itself that dumped imports are, through the effects of dumping, as provided in Sections 15 and 17, causing injury within the meaning of this Act. The consideration of a causal relationship between dumped imports and injury to domestic industry shall be based on an examination by the Commission of all relevant evidence before it.

(2)      The Commission shall examine any known factors other than dumped imports which are injuring domestic industry and injuries caused by such other factors shall not be attributed by the Commission to the dumped imports.

(3)      Factors which may be relevant for the purposes of an examination by the Commission pursuant to sub-section (2) may include the following, namely:--

(a)      volume and price of imports not sold at dumping prices;

(b)      contraction in demand or changes in the patterns of consumption;

(c)      trade restrictive practices of and competition between foreign and domestic producers;

(d)      developments in technology; and

(e)      export performance and productivity of domestic industry.

19.   Threat of material injury.--(1) In making a determination regarding existence of a threat of material injury, the Commission shall consider all relevant factors, including but not limited to, such factors as--

(a)      a significant rate of increase of dumped imports into domestic market indicating the likelihood of substantially increased importation;

(b)      sufficient freely disposable, or an imminent and substantial increase in capacity of an exporter indicating the likelihood of substantially increased dumped exports to market in Pakistan, taking into account the availability of other export markets to absorb any additional exports;

(c)      whether imports are entering at prices that shall have a significant depressing or suppressing effect on prices in Pakistan, and would likely increase demand for further imports; and

(d)      inventories of an investigated product.

(2)  No one factor specified in sub-section (1) shall by itself, be deemed to necessarily give decisive guidance and in making a determination regarding a threat of material injury the Commission shall, on the basis of the totality of the factors considered, satisfy itself that further dumped exports are imminent and that, unless protective action is taken, material injury shall occur.

PART VII

INITIATION AND CONDUCT OF INVESTIGATIONS

20.   Requirement of a written application.--(1) Subject to Section 24 and save as provided for in Section 25, an investigation by the Commission shall only be initiated upon a written application by or on behalf of domestic industry.

(2)  An application under sub-section (1) shall--

(a)      be submitted to the Commission in such manner, number and form and with such fee as may be prescribed;

(b)      include evidence of dumping and injury within the meaning of this Act and the causal link between the dumped imports and the alleged injury, as is reasonably available to the applicant; and

(c)      contain such further information as may be prescribed.

21.   Notice to Government of exporting country.--Upon receipt of a duly documented application compliant with the requirements of Sections 20 and 24, the Commission shall promptly give notice to the government of each exporting country of the receipt of such application.

22.  Withdrawal of application before initiation.--An application under Section 20 may be withdrawn prior to initiation, in which case it shall be considered not to have been made:

Provided that upon the withdrawal of an application any fee paid along with the application pursuant to Clause (i) of sub-section (2) of Section 20 shall stand forfeited in favour of the Commission.

23.  Initiation of an investigation.--(1) Subject to Section 24, the Commission shall examine accuracy and adequacy of evidence provided in an application to determine whether it is compliant with the requirements of Section 20 and if so whether there is sufficient evidence to justify initiation of an investigation.

(2)  An application under Section 20 shall be rejected as soon as the Commission is satisfied that sufficient evidence is not available to indicate dumping or any injury to justify initiation of an investigation.

(3)      The Commission may seek additional information from an applicant before deciding whether to initiate an investigation and such information shall be provided by the applicant to the Commission within such time and in such manner as may be prescribed.

(4)      When the Commission is satisfied that--

(a)      an application under Section 20 has been made by or on behalf of domestic industry; and

(b)      there is sufficient evidence of dumping and injury within the meaning of this Act,

the Commission shall initiate an investigation.

(5)      Where the Commission does not consider it appropriate to initiate an investigation, it shall inform all the applicants of the reasons for not initiating the investigation and shall inform the exporting country of its decision.

24.   Application by or on behalf of domestic industry.--(1) For the purposes of Section 20, an application shall be considered to have been made by or on behalf of domestic industry only if it is supported by those domestic producers whose collective output constitutes more than fifty per cent of the total production of a domestic like product produced by that portion of the domestic industry expressing either support for or opposition to the application.

(2)      For the purposes of Section 23, no investigation shall be initiated when domestic producers expressly supporting an application account for less than twenty-five percent of the total production of a domestic like product produced by domestic industry.

(3)      In the case of fragmented industries involving an exceptionally large number of producers, the Commission may determine support and opposition for an application submitted under Section 20 by using statistically valid sampling techniques.

25.   Self-initiation.--The Commission may, suo moto, initiate an investigation without having received a written application by or on behalf of domestic industry if it has sufficient evidence of dumping and injury, within the meaning of this Act to justify initiation of an investigation.

26.   Imposition of anti-dumping measures on behalf of a third country.--(1) An application for imposition of anti-dumping measures may be made to the Commission on behalf of a third country by its authorities provided that--

(a)      such application is supported by price information to show that imported goods are being dumped and by detailed information to show that such dumping is causing injury to domestic industry concerned in the third country; and

(b)      the government of the third country affords all assistance to the Commission to obtain such further information as the Commission may require.

(2)      In considering an application received under sub-section (1), the Commission shall consider the effects of alleged dumping on the industry concerned as a whole in the third country and injury shall not be assessed in relation only to the effect of the alleged dumping on the industry’s exports to Pakistan or on the industry’s total exports of the product.

(3)      The decision whether or not to initiate an investigation pursuant to an application received under sub-section (1) shall rest with the Commission:

Provided that the Commission shall not initiate such investigation until the Federal Government has requested and received approval for such an initiation from the Council for Trade in Goods of the WTO.

27.   Notice of decision to initiate investigation.--(1) When the Commission has decided to initiate an investigation it shall:-

(a)      give notice to all exporters, importers and any representative associations of importers or exporters known to the Commission to be concerned, as well as representatives of the exporting country, the applicant and other interested parties known to the Commission to have an interest therein; and

(b)      publish a copy of such notice in the official Gazette and in at least one issue each of a daily newspaper in the English language and a daily newspaper in the Urdu language having wide circulation in Pakistan.

(2)  The notice of initiation of an investigation referred to in sub-section (1) shall be in such form and contain such information as may be prescribed and the initiation of investigation shall be effective on the date on which such notice is published in the newspapers as provided for in Clause (b) of sub-section (1).

28.   Provision of copy of an application.--Subject to the requirement to protect confidential information pursuant to Section 31, the Commission shall, after initiation of an investigation, provide to any interested party the full text of the written application received by the Commission under sub-section (1) of Section 20:

Provided that where the Commission determines that the number of interested parties is particularly high, the Commission shall only provide the full text of the written application received by it under sub-section (1) of Section 20 to exporting country or to the relevant trade association of exporting country.

PART VIII

CONDUCT OF INVESTIGATIONS

29.   Duration of investigation.--The Commission shall, except in special circumstances, conclude an investigation within twelve months, and  in no case more than eighteen months, after its initiation.

30.   Customs clearance.--Any proceedings or investigation under this Act shall not hinder the procedures of customs clearance.

31.   Confidentiality.--(1) Subject to sub-section (2), the Commission shall, during and after an investigation, keep confidential any information submitted to it and such information shall not be disclosed without specific permission of the party submitting it.

(2)      Any information which is--

(a)      by nature confidential, because its disclosure shall be of significant competitive advantage to a competitor, or because its disclosure would have a significantly adverse effect upon a person supplying the information, or upon a person from whom the information was acquired;

(b)      determined by the Commission to be of a confidential nature for any other reason; or

(c)      provided as confidential by parties to an investigation, shall, on good cause shown, be kept confidential by the Commission.

(3)      The following types of information shall be deemed to be by nature confidential, unless the Commission determines that disclosure in a particular case would neither be of significant competitive advantage to a competitor nor have a significantly adverse effect upon a person supplying the information or upon a person from whom such information was acquired, namely:--

(a)      business or trade secrets concerning the nature of a product, production processes, operations, production equipment, or machinery;

(b)      information concerning financial condition of a company which is not publicly available; and

(c)      information concerning costs, identification of customers, sales, inventories, shipments, or amount or source of any income, profit, loss or expenditure related to manufacture and sale of a product.

(4)      Any party seeking any information to be kept confidential shall request for the same at the time the information is submitted, along with the reasons warranting confidentiality. The Commission shall consider such request expeditiously and inform the party submitting the information if it determines that the request for keeping the information confidential is not warranted.

(5)      Any party submitting any information with the request to keep it confidential shall furnish non-confidential summary of all such information. Such summary may take the form of ranges or indexation of figures provided in the confidential version or marked deletions in text or in such other form as the Commission may require:

Provided that such non-confidential summary shall permit a reasonable understanding of the substance of the information submitted in confidence:

Provided further that any deletion in text shall, unless otherwise allowed by the Commission, only relate to names of the buyer or supplier.

(6)      In exceptional circumstances, any party submitting confidential information may indicate that such information is not susceptible of summary, in which case a statement of the reasons why summarisation is not possible shall be provided. If the Commission concludes that the non-confidential summary provided fails to satisfy the requirements of sub-section (5), it may determine that the request for keeping the information confidential is not warranted.

(7)      If the Commission finds that a request for keeping the information confidential is not warranted, and if the supplier of such information is unwilling to make it public or to authorise the disclosure in generalised or summary form, the Commission shall disregard such information and return the same to the party submitting it.

(8)      Subject to sub-section (9), notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in any other law for the time being in force, any confidential information received or obtained, directly or indirectly, by the Commission pursuant to or in connection with an investigation shall not be subject to disclosure by the Commission to any Ministry, Division, department, agency or instrumentality of the Federal Government or a Provincial Government without the prior permission of the party submitting such confidential information.

(9)      The provisions of sub-section (8) shall not preclude the supply of any information called for by the Appellate Tribunal pursuant to Section 72:

Provided that the obligation to protect confidential information as provided for in this Chapter shall, mutatis mutandis, extend to the Appellate Tribunal.

32.   Reliance on best information available.--(1) Subject to sub-section (2), if, at any time during an investigation, any interested party--

(a)      refuses access to, or otherwise does not provide, necessary information within the period of time as may be prescribed; or

(b)      otherwise significantly impedes the investigation, the Commission may reach preliminary and final determinations, whether affirmative or negative, on the basis of the best information available.

(2)      The provisions of the Schedule to this Act shall be followed in the application of sub-section (1).

(3)      The Commission shall take due account of any difficulties experienced by interested parties, in particular, small companies, in supplying information requested by it and may, where it deems fit, provide such assistance as is practicable including, but not limited to, extension of any time period prescribed for submission of information under this Act.

(4)      The Commission shall satisfy itself of the accuracy of the information supplied by interested parties during the course of an investigation in such manner as may be prescribed.

33.   Information to parties.--The Commission shall provide an opportunity to all interested parties to see information submitted to it, which is not confidential and is relevant to the presentation of their case.

PART IX

INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES, PRELIMINARY AND FINAL DETERMINATIONS

34.   Proposed schedule for investigation.--The Commission shall, in a notice of initiation of an investigation referred to in Section 27, include the proposed schedule for conduct of an investigation, including the proposed time limits for submission of written arguments, the proposed date for any hearing, if requested, the proposed date for preliminary determination, and the proposed date for final determination.

35.   Acquisition of information by the Commission.--The Commission shall solicit, gather, obtain, verify, accept and reject information for the purposes of an investigation in such manner as may be prescribed.

36.   Assessments to be on the basis of data relating to defined periods.--(1) The Commission shall base its assessments of dumping and injury on data relating to defined periods which shall be the periods for which information is required by the Commission.

(2)      For the purposes of an investigation of dumping, an investigation period shall normally cover twelve months preceding the month of initiation of the investigation for which data is available and in no case the investigation period shall be shorter than six months.

(3)      For the purposes of an investigation of injury, the investigation period shall normally cover thirty-six months:

Provided that the Commission may at its sole discretion, select a shorter or longer period if it deems it appropriate in view of available information regarding domestic industry and an investigated product.

37.   Preliminary determination.--(1) The Commission shall make a preliminary determination of dumping and injury, if any, not earlier than sixty days and not later than one hundred and eighty days, after initiation of an investigation. Such preliminary determination shall be based on the information available to the Commission at that time.

(2)      The Commission shall issue a notice of preliminary determination, whether affirmative or negative, which shall, subject to the requirements of Section 31, set forth in sufficient detail the findings and conclusions reached on all issues of fact and law considered material. Such notice of preliminary determination may also contain such other information as may be prescribed.

(3)      The Commission shall publish a copy of the notice of preliminary determination in the official Gazette and in at least one issue each of a daily newspaper in the English language and a daily newspaper in the Urdu language having wide circulation in Pakistan.

(4)      The Commission shall forward a copy of the notice of preliminary determination to exporting country and to other known interested parties.

38.   Written arguments.--In an investigation, any interested party may submit written arguments to the Commission in such form and manner and within such time as may be prescribed.

39.   Final determination.--(1) The Commission shall normally make a final determination of dumping and injury within one hundred and eighty days of the date of publication of a notice of preliminary determination in the official Gazette under sub-section (3) of Section 37.

(2)  The final determination shall be based on information obtained by the Commission during the course of the investigation that has been disclosed by the interested parties:

Provided that the Commission shall not be precluded from taking into consideration information or data received or collected from any other source.

(3)      The Commission shall, subject to the requirements for the protection of confidential information under Section 31, issue a notice of the final determination, whether affirmative or negative, containing relevant information on the matters of fact and law and reasons that have led to the determination.

(4)      Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of sub-section (3) and in addition to such further information as may be prescribed, the notice of the final determination referred to in sub-section (3) shall specify:--

(a)      the amount of the dumping margin, if any, found to exist and the basis for such determination;

(b)      the amount of the definitive anti-dumping duties to be imposed, where applicable; and

(c)      if definitive anti-dumping duties are to be collected with regard to the imports to which provisional measures were applied along with the reasons for the decision to do so.

(5)      The Commission shall publish a copy of the notice of the final determination referred to in sub-section (3) in the official Gazette and in at least one issue each of a daily newspaper in the English language and a daily newspaper in the Urdu language having wide circulation in Pakistan:

Provided that such notice may, if the Commission deems it fit, only contain a summary of the salient features of the final determination:

Provided further that where the notice of the final determination contains only a summary of the salient features of the final determination, the Commission shall make available to any interested party applying for the same in writing a copy of the complete notice of final determination.

(6)      The copy of the notice of the final determination shall be forwarded by the Commission to the exporting country and to other known interested parties.

PART X

TERMINATION OF INVESTIGATION WITHOUT ADOPTION OF MEASURES

40.  Withdrawal of an application.--An application submitted pursuant to Section 20 may be withdrawn at any time after an investigation has been initiated, in which case the Commission shall terminate the investigation without imposition of any measures provided for in this Act:

Provided that the Commission may, if it considers it fit to do so, continue an investigation notwithstanding the withdrawal of an application as provided for in this section in which event, the Commission may, subject to the provisions of this Act impose such measures as are provided for in this Act.

41.   Termination for insufficient evidence, negligible dumping margin or negligible volume.--(1) An investigation may be terminated at any time by the Commission if it is satisfied that there is not sufficient evidence of either dumping or injury to justify proceeding with an investigation.

(2)      The Commission shall immediately terminate an investigation if it determines that dumping margin is negligible or that volume of dumped imports, actual or potential, or injury, is negligible.

(3)      For the purposes of sub-section (2)--

(a)      dumping margin shall be considered to be negligible if it is less than two per cent, expressed as a percentage of the export price; and

(b)      volume of dumped imports shall normally be regarded as negligible if the volume of dumped imports of an investigated product is found to account for less than three per cent of total imports of a like product unless imports of the investigated product from all countries under investigation which individually account for less than three per cent of the total imports of a like product collectively account for more than seven per cent of imports of a like product.

42.   Notice of conclusion of an investigation without imposition of measures.--(1) The Commission shall, subject to the requirements for the protection of confidential information under Section 31, issue a notice of the conclusion of an investigation without imposition of measures which shall set forth in sufficient detail the findings and conclusions reached on all issues of fact and law considered material by the Commission including the matters of fact and law which have led to arguments being accepted or rejected.

(2)      The Commission shall publish a copy of the notice of conclusion of an investigation without imposition of measures referred to in sub-section (1) in the official Gazette and summary thereof in at least one issue each of a daily newspaper in the English language and a daily newspaper in the Urdu language having wide circulation in Pakistan.

(3)      Termination of an investigation under Sections 40 or 41 or conclusion of an investigation without imposition of measures shall not be a bar to filing of a de novo application for a new investigation immediately after termination or conclusion of the investigation. The Commission shall treat the application in accordance with provisions of this Act.

PART XI

PROVISIONAL MEASURES

43.   Imposition of provisional measures.--(1) The Commission may impose provisional measures if it makes an affirmative preliminary determination of dumping and injury, and determines that provisional measures are necessary to prevent injury being caused during the course of an investigation:

Provided that provisional measures shall not be applied sooner than sixty days from the date of initiation of the investigation:

Provided further that the amount of the provisional anti-dumping duty shall not exceed the margin of dumping as provisionally established, but it may be less than the margin if such lesser duty would be adequate to remove the injury to the Domestic Industry.

(2)      A negative preliminary determination of dumping shall not automatically terminate an investigation, but no provisional measures shall be imposed in such case.

(3)      The provisions of Sections 51 and 52 shall be followed in the application of provisional measures.

44.   Form of provisional measures.--Provisional measures shall take the form of security by way of cash deposit in an amount equal to the provisionally determined dumping margin set forth in the notice of preliminary determination referred to in sub- section (2) of Section 37:

Provided that release of a product concerned for free circulation in Pakistan shall be subject to provision of such security by way of cash deposit.

45.   Duration of application of provisional measures.--Provisional measures shall be applied for a period not exceeding four months:

Provided that the Commission may, upon request by exporters which the Commission considers to be representing a significant percentage of the trade involved, extend the period of application of provisional measures to a period not exceeding six months.

PART XII

PRICE UNDERTAKINGS

46.   Acceptance of price undertaking.--(1) Where the Commission has made a preliminary affirmative determination of dumping and injury in accordance with the provisions of this Act the Commission may suspend or terminate an investigation without imposition of anti-dumping duties, whether preliminary or definitive, upon receipt of satisfactory price undertaking from an exporter to revise its prices or to cease export to the area in question at dumped prices so that the Commission is satisfied that injurious effect of dumping in question is eliminated:

Provided that the Commission shall not seek or accept any price undertaking from an exporter unless the Commission has made a preliminary affirmative determination of dumping and injury in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

(2)      Price increases under such price undertakings shall not be higher than necessary to eliminate dumping margin and shall be less than the provisionally determined dumping margin set forth in the notice of preliminary determination referred to in sub-section (2) of Section 37 if, the Commission determines that such lesser price increase would be adequate to remove injury to domestic industry.

(3)      The Commission may suggest price undertakings, but no exporter shall be forced to enter into any such undertaking and the fact that exporters do not offer such undertakings, or do not accept an invitation to do so, shall not prejudice consideration of the case by the Commission:

Provided that in such circumstances the Commission shall be free to determine that a threat of injury is more likely to be realised if the dumped imports continue.

47.  Conditions for acceptance of price undertaking.--(1) Except in extraordinary circumstances, a price undertaking shall not be offered later than sixty days before the proposed date of final determination as set forth in a notice of initiation of an investigation in accordance with the provisions of Section 34.

(2)      Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, the decision to accept a price undertaking shall rest with the Commission.

Explanation.--The Commission may not accept a price undertaking if it considers the acceptance thereof to be impractical because the number of actual or potential exporters is too great, or for reasons of general policy or for any other reason.

(3)      If the Commission decides not to accept a price undertaking, it shall provide to an exporter the reasons which have led it to consider acceptance of a price undertaking as inappropriate and the exporter may, not later than seven days from the submission of such reasons, submit its written response to the Commission on the reasons given by the Commission.

(4)      The Commission may require an exporter from whom a price undertaking has been accepted, to provide, periodically, information relevant to the fulfillment of such undertaking, and to permit verification of such information. The communication of such information shall be subject to the provisions of Section 31.

(5)      Failure to provide any information requested by the Commission pursuant to sub-section (4) shall be deemed to be a violation of a price undertaking.

(6)      Where the Commission accepts a price undertaking or a price undertaking is terminated, it shall publish a notice to this effect in the official Gazette and in at least one issue each of a daily newspaper in the English language and a daily newspaper in the Urdu language having wide circulation in Pakistan. Such notice shall contain the non-confidential part of the price undertaking accepted, when applicable, and details of the findings and conclusions reached by the Commission on all the issues of fact and law considered material by the Commission and such other information as the Commission may determine necessary:

Provided that where the notice relates to acceptance by the Commission of a price undertaking it shall contain such further information as may be prescribed.

(7)      A notice of acceptance of a price undertaking or termination thereof referred to in sub-section (6) shall be forwarded by the Commission to the country the product of which is the subject of such notice and to other interested parties known to have an interest therein.

(8)      Where the Commission continues an investigation pursuant to sub-section (1) of Section 48, it shall publish a notice of the continuation of the investigation, setting forth the proposed date for final determination, and any other modifications to the proposed schedule of the investigation as originally set out in the notice of initiation of the investigation in accordance with Section 34:

Provided that the final determination in such case shall be made by the Commission no later than one hundred and eighty days from the date of publication of the notice of acceptance of a price undertaking referred to in sub-section (6) in the official Gazette.

48.  Completion of an investigation.--(1) If one or more price undertakings are accepted by the Commission, it shall nevertheless complete an investigation of dumping and injury if it receives a request from an exporter in writing to continue such investigation, or where the Commission so decides of its own accord.

(2)  In the event the Commission makes a negative determination of dumping or injury pursuant to an investigation continued under sub-section (1), a price undertaking in question shall automatically lapse except in a case where the Commission determines that such a determination is due in large part to the existence of such price undertaking in which case, the Commission may require that an undertaking be maintained for a reasonable period of time to be determined by the Commission.

(3)  In the event the Commission makes an affirmative determination of dumping and injury pursuant to an investigation continued under sub-section (1), a price undertaking in question shall continue consistent with its terms and the provisions of this Act.

49.   Violation of price undertaking.--If a price undertaking is violated or deemed to be violated, the Commission may, subject to the provisions of this Act take expeditious action, which may include immediate application of provisional measures using the best information available. In such cases, definitive duties may be levied in accordance with the provisions of this Act on products imported for consumption not more than ninety days before the application of such provisional measures, except that any such retroactive assessment shall not apply to imports entered before such violation of the price undertaking.

PART XIII

IMPOSITION AND COLLECTION OF ANTI-DUMPING DUTIES

50.   Mandatory imposition of anti-dumping duty.--(1) When the Commission has established the existence of dumping and injury in accordance with the provisions of this Act, it shall, by notification in the official Gazette, impose an anti-dumping duty.

(2)  The amount of the anti-dumping duty shall not exceed the margin of dumping established but it may be less than the margin if such lesser duty would be adequate to remove injury to the Domestic Industry.

51.   Imposition and collection of anti-dumping duties.--(1) Anti-dumping duties, whether provisional or definitive, as the case may be, imposed under this Act shall--

(a)      take the form of ad valorem or specific duties:

          Provided that provisional measures shall take the form of security by way of cash deposit;

(b)      be imposed in addition to other import duties levied on an investigated product;

(c)      be collected in the same manner as customs-duties under the Customs Act, 1969 (IV of 1969);

(d)      be levied and collected on a non-discriminatory basis on imports of such product from all sources found to be dumped and causing injury, except as to imports from those sources from which price undertakings have been accepted by the Commission in accordance with the provisions of Part XII of this Act; or

(e)      will not be levied on imports that are to be used as inputs in products destined solely for export and are covered under any scheme exempting customs duty for exports under the Customs Act, 1969.

(2)      Save as provided for in sub-section (3), the Commission shall establish an individual anti-dumping duty for each known exporter or producer of dumped imports.

(3)      Subject to sub-Sections (4) and (7), where the Commission has limited its examination of dumping margin in accordance with sub-Sections (2) and (3) of Section 14, any anti-dumping duty applied to imports from exporters or producers not included in an examination by the Commission shall not exceed a weighted average dumping margin established with respect to selected exporters or producers.

(4)      The Commission shall disregard for the purposes of sub-section (3) any negligible margins, as defined in sub-section (3) of Section 41, and margins established under the circumstances referred to in Section 32.

(5)      Save as provided for in sub-section (4) of Section 14, the Commission shall apply individual anti-dumping duties to imports from any exporter or producer not included in an examination who has provided the necessary information during the course of an investigation.

(6)      The Commission may apply a residual anti-dumping duty rate for imports from exporters and producers not known to the Commission at time of final determination at a rate which shall not exceed a weighted average of individual dumping margins established for exporters and producers examined during an investigation, excluding margins established in accordance with Section 32.

(7)      Where all dumping margins are established pursuant to Section 32, the Commission shall use such alternative method of determining dumping margins for exporters or producers not included in its examination as it considers reasonable in the circumstances.

52. Refund of anti-dumping duties paid in excess of dumping margin.--(1) An importer shall be granted a refund of the actual amount of anti-dumping duties collected if the Commission determines that dumping margin, on the basis of which such anti-dumping duties were paid, has been eliminated or reduced to a level which is below the level of the anti-dumping duty in force.

(2)  An importer may submit an application for refund of anti-dumping duties collected within any twelve months period to the Commission not later than sixty days from the end of such period.

(3)  An application under sub-section (2) shall contain such information as may be prescribed.

Explanation.--When investigating an application for refund under this section, the Commission shall apply the relevant provisions of this Act to its determinations. In particular, when determining whether and to what extent a refund should be made when an export price is constructed on the basis of a price at which imported products are first resold to an independent buyer due to the absence of export price or because it appears that the export price is unreliable pursuant to sub-section (2) of Section 10, the Commission shall take account of any change in normal value, any change of costs incurred between importation and resale, and any movement in resale price which is duly reflected in subsequent selling prices, and shall calculate the export price with no deduction for the amount of anti-dumping duties paid when satisfactory evidence of the above is provided.

(4)      The Commission shall provide an importer making an application under sub- section (2) with an explanation of the reasons for the decision concerning a request for refund.

(5)      A refund of anti-dumping duties under this section shall normally take place within twelve months, and in no case later than eighteen months, after the date on which an application for refund compliant with the requirements of sub-section (3) is received by the Commission.

53.   Anti-dumping and countervailing duties and fees to be held in a non-lapsable personal ledger account.--(1) The Commission shall establish and maintain a non-lapsable personal ledger account in its name for the purposes of Anti-Dumping Duties and Countervailing Duties.

(2)      All anti-dumping and countervailing duties collected under the laws specified in sub-section (1) shall be held in that account.

(3)      The account established under sub-section (1) shall be maintained and operated in such manner as may be prescribed.

PART XIV

RETROACTIVITY

54. Retroactive application of definitive anti-dumping duties in certain circumstances.--A definitive anti-dumping duty may be collected on products, which were imported for consumption not more than ninety days prior to the date of application of provisional measures if, the Commission determines, for a dumped product in question, that:

(a)      there is a history of dumping which caused injury or that the importer was, or should have been, aware that the exporter practices dumping and that such dumping would cause injury; and

(b)      injury is caused by massive dumped imports of a product in a relatively short time which in the light of timing and volume of dumped imports and other circumstances including, but not limited to, a rapid build-up of inventories of the imported product, is likely to seriously undermine the remedial effect of the definitive anti-dumping duty to be applied, provided that the importers concerned have been given an opportunity of being heard in respect of such proposed action.

55.   Imposition of definitive anti-dumping duties retroactively.--(1) Where the Commission makes a final determination of injury but not of a threat thereof or of material retardation of the establishment of an industry or, in the case of a final determination of a threat of injury, where the Commission determines that the effect of dumped imports would, in the absence of provisional measures, have led to a determination of injury, definitive anti-dumping duties may be levied retroactively for the period for which provisional measures, if any, have been applied.

(2)      If definitive anti-dumping duty imposed under sub-section (1) is higher than the amount of provisionally determined dumping margin set forth in the notice of preliminary determination referred to in sub-section (2) of Section 37, the difference shall not be collected, and if such definitive anti-dumping duty is lower than the amount of such provisionally determined dumping margin the difference shall be refunded by the Commission within forty-five days of such determination.

(3)      Save as provided for in sub-section (1), where the Commission makes a determination of threat of injury or material retardation, but no injury has yet occurred, definitive anti-dumping duties may be imposed only from the date of the determination of threat of injury or material retardation and any cash deposit made during the period of application of provisional measures shall be refunded by the Commission within forty-five days of such determination.

(4)      Where the Commission makes a negative final determination, any cash deposit made during the period of application of provisional measures shall be refunded by the Commission within forty-five days of such determination.

56.   Circumstances in which provisional measures and anti-dumping duties shall apply.--Save as provided for in Sections 49, 54 and 55, provisional measures and definitive anti-dumping duties shall only be applied to products which enter into Pakistan for consumption on or after the date of publication of a notice of affirmative preliminary or final determination in an investigation.

PART XV

DURATION AND REVIEW OF ANTI-DUMPING DUTIES AND PRICE UNDERTAKINGS

57.   Duration of anti-dumping duty.--Subject to the provisions of this Act any anti-dumping duty imposed under this Act shall remain in force only as long as and to the extent necessary to counteract dumping, which is causing injury.

58.   Review of anti-dumping duty.--(1) Any definitive anti-dumping duty imposed under this Act shall be terminated on a date not later than five years from the date of its imposition or from the date of the most recent review under Section 59, if such review has covered both dumping and injury.

(2)      The Commission shall, not later than ninety days preceding the date of expiry of a definitive anti-dumping duty, publish a notice of impending expiry of such anti-dumping duty in the official Gazette and in at least one issue each of a daily newspaper in the English language and a daily newspaper in the Urdu language having wide circulation in Pakistan.

(3)      A definitive anti-dumping duty shall not expire if the Commission determines, in a review initiated before the date of expiry on its own initiative or upon a duly substantiated request made by or on behalf of domestic industry within forty-five days from public notice of impending termination of the definitive anti-dumping duty concerned, that the expiry of such anti-dumping duty would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping and injury and such anti-dumping duty shall remain in force pending the outcome of such a review.

59.   Review for change of circumstances.--(1) The Commission shall review the need for continued imposition of anti-dumping duty, where warranted, on its own initiative or, provided that a period of twenty-four months has elapsed since the imposition of definitive anti-dumping duty, upon a written request submitted by any interested party, which contains positive information substantiating the occurrence of changed circumstances justifying a need for a review including sufficient information to enable the Commission to calculate export price and normal value of a product in question.

(2)      The Commission shall, upon initiation of a review under sub-section (1), publish a notice in the official Gazette and in at least one issue each of a daily newspaper in the English language and a daily newspaper in the Urdu language having wide circulation in Pakistan.

(3)      In undertaking a review under sub-section (1), the Commission shall consider whether continued imposition of anti-dumping duty is necessary to offset dumping and whether injury would be likely to continue to recur if anti-dumping duty were removed or varied and if, as a result, the Commission determines that continued imposition of anti-dumping duty is no longer warranted it shall be terminated immediately.

(4)  The Commission may require an applicant requesting a review under this section to fill in an additional questionnaire provided by it requiring such information and for such period as the Commission deems necessary before such review is initiated in which case the review shall be initiated following the receipt by the Commission of such questionnaire duly filled in.

60.   Newcomer review.--(1) If a product is subject to definitive anti-dumping duties, the Commission shall carry out a review for the purpose of determining individual dumping margins for any exporters or producers in an exporting country concerned who did not export the product to Pakistan during the period of investigation if such exporters or producers can show that they are not related to any of the exporters or producers in the exporting country who are subject to the anti-dumping duties on an investigated product.

(2)      A review under sub-section (1) shall be initiated within thirty days following the date of receipt of an application for such review by any producer or exporter concerned and shall normally be completed within six months from its initiation and, in any event, no later than twelve months:

Provided that the Commission may require an applicant requesting a review under sub-section (1) to fill in an additional questionnaire provided by it requiring such information and for such period as the Commission deems necessary before such review is initiated in which case a review under sub-section (1) shall be initiated within thirty days following the receipt by the Commission of such questionnaire duly filled in.

(3)      No anti-dumping measures shall be imposed on imports from any exporters or producers referred to in sub-section (1) while the review under sub-section (2) is being carried out:

Provided that the Commission may require a cash deposit in the amount of the residual anti-dumping duty rate determined pursuant to sub-section (5) of Section 51 to ensure that, should such a review result in a determination of dumping in respect of such producers or exporters, anti-dumping duties can be levied retroactively to the date of initiation of the review.

61.   Duration and review of price undertakings.--The provisions of Sections 57, 58 and 59 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to price undertakings accepted in accordance with Part XII of this Act.

62.   Evidence and procedure.--(1) The provisions of Sections 27, 31, 32, 33, 35, 39, and 46 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any review carried out under Part XV of this Act.

(2)  Any review conducted under Sections 58 and 59 shall be carried out expeditiously and shall normally be concluded within twelve months of the date of initiation of the review.

63.  Anti-circumvention measures.--(1) Anti-dumping duties imposed pursuant to this Act may be extended to imports from third countries, of the like product, whether slightly modified or not, or to imports of the slightly modified like product from the country subject to measures, or parts thereof, when circumvention of the measures in force is taking place. Anti-dumping duties not exceeding the residual anti-dumping duty imposed in accordance with Section 39 may be extended to imports from companies benefiting from individual duties in the countries subject to measures when circumvention of the measures in force is taking place. Circumvention shall be defined as a change in the pattern of trade between third countries and Pakistan or between individual companies in the country subject to measures by Pakistan, which stems from a practice, process or work for which there is insufficient due cause or economic justification other than the imposition of the duty, and where there is evidence of injury or that the remedial effects of the duty are being undermined in terms of the prices or quantities of the like product, and where there is evidence of dumping in relation to the normal values previously established for the like product, if necessary in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

(2)      The practice, process or work referred to in sub-section (1) includes, inter alia, the slight modification of the product concerned to make it fall under customs tariff which are normally not subject to the measures, provided that the modification does not alter its essential characteristics, the consignment of the product subject to measures via third countries, the re-organisation by exporters or producers of their patterns and channels of sales in the country subject to measures in order to eventually have their products exported to Pakistan through producers benefiting from an individual duty rate lower than that applicable to the products of the manufacturers, and, in the circumstances indicated in sub-section (3), the assembly of parts by an assembly operation in Pakistan or a third country.

(3)      An assembly operation in Pakistan or a third country shall be considered to circumvent the measures in force where,--

(a)      the operation started or substantially increased since, or just prior to, the initiation of the anti-dumping investigation and the parts concerned are from the country subject to measures;

(b)      the parts constitute 60 % or more of the total value of the parts of the assembled product, except that in no case shall circumvention be considered to be taking place where the value added to the parts brought in, during the assembly or completion operation, is greater than 25% of the manufacturing cost;

(c)      the remedial effects of the duty are being undermined in terms of the prices or quantities of the assembled like product and there is evidence of dumping in relation to the normal values previously established for the like or similar products.

(4)      Investigations shall be initiated pursuant to this section on the initiative of the Commission or at the request of any interested party on the basis of sufficient evidence regarding the factors set out in sub-Sections (1) and (2). Investigations shall be concluded by the Commission within nine months.

PART XVI

APPEAL TO APPELLATE TRIBUNAL

64.   Establishment of the Appellate Tribunal.--(1) The Federal Government shall, by notification in the official Gazette, establish an Appellate Tribunal for the purposes of exercising jurisdiction under this Act.

(2)      The Appellate Tribunal shall be composed of three members appointed by the Federal Government, consisting of a Chairman and two members.

(3)      All members of the Appellate Tribunal shall be citizens of Pakistan and shall be employed on a full-time basis.

(4)      The Members of the Appellate Tribunal shall have no past record of any specific activities or conduct that could reasonably call into question their ability to discharge their duties as members of the Appellate Tribunal with honesty, integrity, reliability, competence and objectivity.

(5)      In making such appointments the Federal Government shall ensure that the membership of the Appellate Tribunal, taken as a whole, possesses substantial and directly relevant professional experience and qualifications needed to properly discharge its functions.

65.   Qualifications and eligibility.--(1) The members of the Appellate Tribunal shall,--

(a)      have at least a masters or professional degree or qualification from an accredited university or institute in international trade laws, business and commercial laws, economics, accountancy, tariffs and trade, commerce and trade, or a trade-related subject; knowledge of trade remedy laws would be an advantage;

(b)      have at least fifteen years of professional work experience in international trade law, business and commercial laws, economics, accountancy, harmonized tariffs, commerce and trade, tariffs and trade or other trade-related technical field; direct work experience in trade remedy laws would be an advantage ;

(c)      have no past record of criminal conviction, other than for minor offences; and

(d)      have no past record of any specific activities or conduct that could reasonably call into question their ability to discharge their duties as a members of the Appellate Tribunal with honesty, integrity, reliability, competence and objectivity.

66.   Disqualification.--(1) No person shall be appointed or continue as member or an employee of the Tribunal if such person;

(a)      has been convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude;

(b)      has been or is adjudged insolvent;

(c)      is incapable of discharging his duties by reasons of physical, physiological or, mental unfitness and has been so declared by a duly constituted Medical Board appointed by the Federal Government; or

(d)      fails to disclose any conflict of interest at or within the time provided for such disclosure by or under this Act or contravenes any of the provisions of this Act pertaining to unauthorized disclosure of information.

(e)      is or has been a Member or employee of the Commission unless a period of two years has elapsed after he has ceased to be such Member or employee of the Commission.

67.   Terms and Conditions.--(1) The Chairman and Members of the Tribunal shall be appointed for a period of five years. This term shall be extendable for a period of one year unless the Federal Government notifies otherwise.

(2)      The terms and conditions of the Chairman and Members of the Tribunal shall be as may be prescribed.

(3)      The Chairman and Members appointed under the repealed Anti-Dumping Duties Ordinance, 2000 (LXV of 2000) shall continue to act as Chairman and Members only till the appointment of Chairman and Members under this Act:

Provided that the Federal Government shall ensure the establishment of Appellate Tribunal along with appointment of its Chairman and Members within a period of ninety days from commencement of this Act

68.   Decisions, determinations and Quorum.--(1) Decisions and determinations of the Appellate tribunal shall be taken by majority.

(2)      If there are less than three members of the Tribunal, the presence of two members serving shall constitute a quorum.

(3)      In the case of a quorum of two, the decision shall be taken by consensus.

(4)      Any decision or determination taken at a meeting where a quorum is present shall constitute a valid and enforceable decision or determination of the Tribunal.

69.   Operation of the Appellate Tribunal in the absence of the Chairman or a Member.--(1) If the Chairman’s or any of the member’s position becomes vacant, the Government shall designate a new member or one of the existing members to serve as Chairman.

(2)  The absence of a Chairman, or the temporary incapacity of the Chairman, shall not affect the other members’ ability to act as the Appellate Tribunal and to exercise its powers and authority under this Act.

70.  Appellate procedures.--(1) Any interested party may prefer an appeal to the Appellate Tribunal against--

(i)       the initiation of an investigation or a preliminary determination, where it is alleged that it does not satisfy the requirements laid down in Sections 23 and 37 respectively;

(ii)      an affirmative or negative final determination by the Commission under Section 39;

(iii)     any final determination pursuant to a review;

(iv)     an order of the Commission for termination of investigation under Section 41; or

(v)      a determination of the Commission under Section 52.

(2)      An appeal under Clause (i) of sub-section (1) shall be filed within thirty days of the publication of notice of initiation or notice preliminary determination, as the case may be.

(3)      The Appellate Tribunal shall handle such an appeal as a priority and shall issue its decision on the appeal within thirty days of the filing of an appeal with the Appellate Tribunal:

Provided that the filing of an appeal under Clause (i) of sub-section (1) shall have no effect on the Commission’s conduct of investigation.

(4)      All appeals under Clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) of sub-section (1) shall be filed within forty-five days from the date of publication in newspapers of a public notice or as the case may be, date of the decision of the Commission of any affirmative or negative final decision or determination or termination of investigation by the Commission, and shall be in such form and contain such information as may be prescribed.

(5)      Such an appeal shall be disposed of and the decision of the Appellate Tribunal pronounced, as expeditiously as possible as but not later than forty-five from the date of receipt of an appeal compliant with the requirements contained in this Act.

(6)      The Appellate Tribunal shall hear the appeal from day-to-day.

(7)      In examining an appeal under sub-section (1), the Appellate Tribunal may make such further inquiry as it may consider necessary, and after giving the Commission and an appellant an opportunity of being heard, pass such order as it thinks fit, confirming, altering or annulling a determination of the Commission appealed against:

Provided that in case the Appellate Tribunal decision requires action by the Commission, it shall remand the case to the Commission.

(8)      After examining the appeal, the Appellate tribunal shall assess the facts related to the impugned determination of the Commission. The Appellate Tribunal shall determine whether the establishment of the facts of the Commission was proper and whether the commission’s evaluation of those facts was unbiased and objective. The Appellate tribunal shall base this determination on the official record maintained by the Commission or any other documents relied upon by the Commission in reaching the determination being appealed.

(9)      Where the Appellate Tribunal determines that the Commission’s establishment of the facts was proper and its evaluation was unbiased and objective, it shall confirm the appealed determination of the Commission provided that the Appellate Tribunal is satisfied that in reaching its determination, the Commission complied with the relevant provisions of this Act.

(10)    The decision of the Appellate Tribunal shall be in writing, detailing the issues raised in the appeal and the arguments adopted by the appellant and the Commission. The Appellate tribunal shall also provide reasons for reaching its decision with reference to the provisions of this Act and the facts of the case.

(11)    The Appellate Tribunal shall provide copies of its decision to all the appellants and the respondents including the Commission no later than five days from the date of rendering its decision.

(12)    The Appellate Tribunal may, if it deems necessary, require an appellant to provide security in such form as may be prescribed, at the time of filing of an appeal.

(13)    The decision of the Appellate Tribunal shall be appealable in the High Court. The High Court shall render a decision within ninety days of receiving an appeal from the decision of the Appellate Tribunal:

Provided that the High Court shall not make an interim order against the conduct of investigation by the Commission unless the Commission has been given notice of the application and has had an opportunity of being heard and the High Court, for reasons to be recorded in writing, is satisfied that the interim order would not have the effect of prejudicing or interfering with the carrying out of a public work or of otherwise being harmful to the public interest [or State property] or of impeding the assessment or collection of public revenues:

Provided further that The Appellate Tribunal may, if it thinks fit, accept an application from any party to an appeal in which the Appellate Tribunal has rendered its decision, for a clarification of any of the issues raised by the Appellate Tribunal in its decision:

Provided also that such application shall specify the precise issue in respect of which a clarification is sought and give reasons as to why a clarification is necessary:

(14)    The Appellate Tribunal shall only accept such application if it is satisfied that a material issue discussed in its decision requires further clarification or elaboration. The party likely to be adversely affected by such clarification shall also be given a notice by the Appellate Tribunal:

Provided that no application under this sub-section shall be accepted by the Appellate Tribunal later than thirty days of its decision.

(15)    The Appellate Tribunal shall perform its functions under this Act in accordance with such procedures as may be prescribed.

(16)    A determination of the Commission shall be given full force and effect during the pendency of any appeal of such determination.

(17)    A person duly authorized by any interested party is entitled to appear, plead and act on behalf of such party before the Appellate Tribunal.

71.   Disclosure of interest.--(1) The following shall apply to members of the Appellate Tribunal including the Chairman.

(2)  A Member shall be deemed to have an interest in a matter if he has any interest, pecuniary or otherwise, in such matter which could reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict between his duty to honestly perform his functions, so that his ability to consider and decide any question impartially or to give any advice without bias, may reasonably be regarded as impaired.

(3)      A Member having any interest in any matter to be discussed or decided by the Tribunal, shall prior to discharge of any function or business of the Commission, disclose in writing to the Secretary to the Tribunal, the fact of his interest and the nature thereof.

(4)      A Member shall give written notice to the Secretary to the Tribunal of all direct or indirect pecuniary or other material or personal interests that he has or acquires in a body corporate involved in a matter before the Tribunal.

(5)      A disclosure of interest under sub-section (2) shall be made a part of the record of the Tribunal in that particular matter.

72.   Powers of the Appellate Tribunal.--The Appellate Tribunal shall, for the purpose of deciding an appeal, be deemed to be a Civil Court and shall have the same powers as are vested in such Court under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (V of 1908), including the powers of--

(a)      enforcing the attendance of any person and examining him on oath;

(b)      compelling the production of documents; and

(c)      issuing commission for the examination of witnesses and documents.

73.   Power of the Appellate Tribunal to call for and examine record.--The Appellate Tribunal may call for and examine the official records of an investigation conducted by the Commission and any other information or documents relied upon by the Commission in reaching a determination appealed against for the purpose of satisfying itself as to the legality or propriety of an impugned determination of the Commission.

74.   Power to make rules.--The Federal Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, make rules for carrying out the purposes of this Act.

75.  Protection to persons prejudiced in employment because of assisting the Commission.--(1) An employer shall not--

(a)      dismiss an employee, or prejudice an employee in his employment, because the employee has assisted the Commission in connection with an inquiry or investigation under this Act; or

(b)      dismiss or threaten to dismiss an employee, or prejudice or threaten to prejudice an employee in his employment, because the employee proposes to assist the Commission in connection with an inquiry or investigation under this Act.

(2)  For the purposes of sub-section (1), a person shall be taken to assist the Commission in connection with an inquiry if the person--

(a)      gives information, whether orally or in writing, or gives documents, to the Commission in connection with an inquiry or investigation under this Act; or

(b)      gives evidence or produces documents, at an inquiry, investigation or hearing held under this Act.

76.   Appointment of advisers and consultants.--(1) Subject to sub-section (2), the Commission may, employ and pay consultants and agents, and technical, professional and other advisers, including bankers, economists, actuaries, accountants, lawyers and other persons to do any act required to be done in the exercise of its powers, the performance of its functions or for the better implementation of the purposes of this Act.

(2)  The decision to employ and the terms and conditions of employment of external advisers and consultants pursuant to sub-section (1) shall be made by the Commission in accordance with such policy guidelines as may be established by the Federal Government, in consultation with the Commission, from time to time.

77.   Removal of difficulty.--If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the provisions of this Act, the Federal Government may make such order, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, as may appear to it to be necessary for the purpose of removing the difficulty:

Provided that no such power shall be exercised after the expiry of one year from the coming into force of this Act.

78.   Act to override other laws.--The provisions of this Act shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith contained in any other law for the time being in force:

Provided that this provision shall not apply on the National Tariff Commission law for the time being in force.

79.   Repeal.--The Anti-Dumping Ordnance, 2000 (LXV of 2000) is hereby repealed.

80.  Savings.--Notwithstanding the repeal under Section 79, nothing in this Act shall affect or be deemed to affect anything done, action taken, investigation or proceedings commenced, order, rule, regulation, appointment, document, or agreement made, fee directed, resolution passed, direction given, proceedings taken or instrument executed or issued under or pursuant to the repealed Anti-Dumping Ordnance 2000 (LXV of 2000), and any such thing, action, investigation, proceedings, orders, rule, regulation, appointment, document, agreement, fee, resolution, direction, proceedings or instrument shall, if in force at the commencement of this Act and not inconsistent with any of the provisions of this Act continue in force and have effect as if had been respectively done, taken, commenced, made, directed, passed, given, executed or issued under this Act.

THE SCHEDULE

[See Section 32(2)]

BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE

1.       As soon as possible after initiation of an investigation, the Commission should specify in detail the information required from any interested party, and the manner in which that information should be structured by the interested party in its response. The Commission should also ensure that the interested party is aware that if information is not supplied within a reasonable time, the Commission shall be free to make determination on the basis of facts available, including those contained in an application for initiation of an investigation by domestic industry.

2.       The Commission may also request an interested party to provide its response in a particular medium such as computer tape or computer language. Where such a request is made, the Commission should consider the reasonable ability of the interested party to respond in the preferred medium or computer language, and should not request the party to use for its response a computer system other than that used by the party. The Commission should not maintain a request for a computerised response if the interested party does not maintain computerized accounts and if presenting the response as requested would result in an unreasonable extra burden on the interested party or it would entail unreasonable additional cost and trouble. The Commission should not maintain a request for a response in a particular medium or computer language if the interested party does not maintain its computerised accounts in such medium or computer language and if presenting the response as requested would result in an unreasonable extra burden on the interested party or it would entail unreasonable additional cost and trouble.

3.       All information which is verifiable, which is appropriately submitted so that it can be used in an investigation without undue difficulties, which is supplied in a timely fashion, and, where applicable, which is supplied in a medium or computer language requested by the Commission, should be taken into account when determinations are made. If a party does not respond in the preferred medium or computer language but the Commission finds that the circumstances set out in Para 2 have been satisfied, any failure to respond in the preferred medium or computer language shall not be considered to significantly impede the investigation.


4.       Where the Commission does not have the ability to process information if provided in a particular medium such as computer tape, the information should be supplied in the form of written material or any other form acceptable to the Commission.

5.       If an information provided is not ideal in all respects, this shall not justify the Commission from disregarding it, provided an interested party has acted to the best of its ability.

6.       If evidence or information is not accepted by the Commission, the supplying party shall be informed forthwith of the reasons therefore, and shall be given an opportunity to provide further explanations within a reasonable period, as may be determined by the Commission, due account being taken of the time-limits of an investigation. If the explanations are considered by the Commission as not being satisfactory, the reasons for rejection of such evidence or information should be given in any published determinations.

7.       If the Commission has to base its findings, including those with respect to normal value, on any information from a secondary source, including any information supplied in an application for initiation of an investigation, it shall do so with special circumspection. In such cases, the Commission shall, where practicable, check the information from other independent sources at their disposal, such as published price lists, official import statistics and customs returns, and from the information obtained from other interested parties during the investigation provided that if an interested party does not co-operate and thus relevant information is being withheld from the Commission, this situation may lead to a result which is less favourable to the party than if the party did co-operate.

--------------------

ACT NO. XVI OF 2015

CAPITAL UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ACT, 2014

An Act to provide for establishment of the Capital University of Science and Technology

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, Part-I, 28th September, 2015]

No. F. 9(19)/2015-Legis., dated 22.9.2015.--The following Act of Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) received the assent of the President on 18th September, 2015, is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient to provide for the establishment of Capital University of Science and Technology at Islamabad and for matters ancillary thereto;

It is hereby enacted as follows:--

CHAPTER I

PRELIMINARY

1.  Short title, application and commencement.--(1) This Bill may be called the Capital University of Science and Technology Act, 2014.

(2) It extents to the whole of Islamabad Capital Territory.

(3)  It shall come into force at once.

2.  Definitions.--In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:--

(a)      “Academic Council” means the Academic Council of the University;

(b)      “Authority” means any of the Authorities of the University set up under Section 18;

(c)      “Board” means the Board of Governors of the University;

(d)      “Chancellor” means the Chancellor of the University;

(e)      “College” means a constituent college;

(f)       “Commission” means the Higher Education Commission of Pakistan;

(g)      “Constituent College” means an educational institution, by whatever name described, maintained and administered by the University;

(h)      “Dean” means the head of a faculty of the University;

(i)       “Department” means a teaching department of the University;

(j)       “Director” means the head of an institute established as a constituent institute by the University;

(k)      “Executive Committee” means the Executive Committee of the University;

(l)       “Faculty” means an administrative and academic unit of the University consisting of one or more departments;

(m)     “Government” means the Federal Government;

(n)      “Institute” means an institute maintained and administered by the University;

(o)      “Officer” means any officer(s) of the University;

(p)      “Patron” means the Patron of the University;

(q)      “Prescribed” means prescribed by Statutes, regulations or rules;

(r)      “Professor Emeritus” means a retired Professor appointed by the Chancellor on honorary basis;

(s)      “Principal” means the head of a College;

(t)      “Registrar” means the Registrar of the University;

(u)      “Review Panel” means the Review Panel set up by the Chancellor under Section 10;

(v)      “Representation Committees” means the representation committees constituted under Section 25;

(w)     “Search Committee” means the search committee set up by the Board under Section 13;

(x)      “Statutes”, “Regulations” and “Rules” means respectively the Statutes, the Regulations and the Rules made under this Act;

(y)      “Teacher” include Professor, Associate Professor, Assistant Professor and Lecturer engaged whole-time by the University, or by a constituent college;

(z)      “Trust” means the Mohammad Ali Jinnah University Trust;

(aa)    “University” means the Capital University of Science and Technology;

(ab)    “University Teacher” means a whole-time teacher appointed and paid by the University; and

(ac)    “Vice-Chancellor” means the Vice-Chancellor of the University.

CHAPTER II

THE UNIVERSITY

3.  Establishment and Incorporation of the University.--(1) There shall be established at Islamabad a University to be called the Capital University of Science and Technology consisting of:--

(a)      the Patron, the Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, the members of the Board, the members of Executive Committee, deans, the chairmen of the teaching departments and members of the Academic Council of the University;

(b)      the members of the boards, committees and other bodies as the Board may establish;

(c)      the teachers and students of the University and its constituent units; and

(d)      such other officers and members of the staff as the Board may, from time to time, specify.

(2)      The University shall be a body corporate by the name of Capital University of Science and Technology having perpetual succession and a common seal, with powers, among others to acquire and hold property, both movable and immovable, and to lease, sell or otherwise transfer any movable and immovable property which may have become vested in or been acquired by it.

(3)      The principal seat of the University shall be at Islamabad and it may set up its campuses, colleges, institutes, offices, research/study centres and other facilities at such places in Pakistan as Board of Governors may determine. The additional campuses shall be set up in other parts of the country only after their evaluation by the Higher Education Commission to determine whether they meet the eligibility criteria fixed by the Commission.

(4)      The University shall be competent to acquire and hold property, both movable and immovable, and to lease, sell or otherwise transfer any movable and immovable property which may have become vested in or been acquired by it.

(5)      Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, the University shall have academic, financial and administrative autonomy, including the power to employ officers, teachers and other employees on such terms as may be prescribed, subject to the terms of this Act and the Higher Education Commission Ordinance, 2002 (LIII of 2002). In particular, and without prejudice to the authority granted to the Commission by the law, the Government or an authority or auditor appointed by the Government shall have no power to question the policy underlying the allocation of resources approved by the Board in the annual budget of the University.

4.  Powers and Purposes of the University.--The University shall have the following powers, namely:--

(a)      to provide education and scholarship in such branches of knowledge as it may deem fit, and to make provisions for research, service to society and for the application, advancement and dissemination of knowledge by employing information technology including satellite, television, internet etc., or through conventional methods;

(b)      to prescribe courses of studies to be conducted by it and the colleges;

(c)      to hold examinations and to award and confer degrees, diplomas, certificates and other academic distinctions to and on persons who have been admitted to and have passed its examinations under prescribed conditions;

(d)      to prescribe the terms and conditions of employment of the officers, teachers and other employees of the University;

(e)      to engage, where necessary, persons on contract of specified duration and to specify the terms of each engagement;

(f)       to confer honorary degrees or other distinctions on approved persons in the manner prescribed;

(g)      to provide for such instruction for persons not being students of the University as it may prescribe and to grant certificates and diplomas to such persons;

(h)      to institute programmes for the exchange of students and teachers between the University and other universities, educational institutions and research organizations, inside as well as outside Pakistan;

(i)       to provide career counseling and job search services to students and alumni;

(j)       to maintain linkages with alumni;

(k)      to develop and implement fund-raising plans;

(l)       to provide and support the academic development of the faculty of the University;

(m)     to confer degrees on persons who have carried on independent research under prescribed conditions;

(n)      to accept the examinations passed and the period of study spent by students of the University at other universities and places of learning equivalent to such examinations and periods of study in the University, as it may prescribe, and to withdraw such acceptance;

(o)      to co-operate with other universities, public authorities or private organizations, inside as well as outside Pakistan, in such manner and for such purposes as it may prescribe;

(p)      to institute Professorships, Associate Professorships, Assistant Professorships and Lectureships and any other posts and to appoint persons thereto;

(q)      to create posts for research, extension, administration and other related purposes and to appoint persons thereto;

(r)      to recognize selected members of the teaching staff of colleges or educational institutions admitted to the privileges of the University or such other persons as it may deem fit, as University teachers;

(s)      to institute and award financial assistance to students in need, fellowships, scholarships, bursaries, medals and prizes under prescribed conditions;

(t)      to establish teaching departments, schools, colleges, faculties, institutes, museums and other centres of learning for the development of teaching and research and to make such arrangements for their maintenance, management and administration as it may prescribe;

(u)      to provide for the residence of the students of the University and the colleges, to institute and maintain halls of residence and to approve or license hostels and lodging;

(v)      to maintain order, discipline and security on the campuses of the University and the colleges;

(w)     to promote the extra curricular and recreational activities of the students, and to make arrangements for promoting their health and general welfare;

(x)      to demand and receive such fees and other charges as it may determine from time to time;

(y)      to make provision for research, advisory or consultancy services and with these objects to enter into arrangements with other institutions, public or private bodies, commercial and industrial enterprises under prescribed conditions;

(z)      to enter into, carry out, vary or cancel contracts;

(za)    to receive and manage property transferred and grants, contributions made to the University and to invest any fund representing such property, grants, bequests, trusts, gifts, donations, endowments or contributions in such manner as it may deem fit;

(zb)    to provide for the printing and publication of research and other works; and

(zc)     to do all such other acts and things, whether incidental to the powers aforesaid or not, as may be requisite or expedient in order to further the objectives of the University as a place of education, learning, and research; and

(zd)    to decide virtual/online teaching methods and strategies in order to ensure the conduct of most effective educational and training programs in tight of Policy on the subject made by the commission.

5.     University open to all classes, creeds, etc.--(1) The University shall be open to all persons of either gender and of whatever religion, race, creed, class, colour or domicile and no person shall be denied privileges of the University on the grounds of religion, race, caste, creed, class, colour or domicile.

(2)      An increase in any fee or charge that is in excess of ten percent per annum on an annualised basis from the last such increase may not be made except in special circumstances, and only with the approval of the Chancellor.

(3)      The University shall institute financial aid programmes for students in need, to the extent considered feasible by the Board given the resources available, so as to enable admission and access to the University and the various opportunities provided by it to be based on merit rather than ability to pay.

6.     Teaching at the University.--(1) All recognized teaching in various courses shall be conducted by the University or the colleges in the prescribed manner and may include lectures, tutorials, discussions, seminars, demonstrations and other methods of instruction as well as practical work in the laboratories, hospitals, workshops and other organizations.

(2)  The authority responsible for organizing recognized teaching shall be such as may be prescribed.

CHAPTER III

OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY

7.     Officers of the University.--The following shall be the officers of the University, namely:--

(a)      Patron;

(b)      Chancellor;

(c)      Vice-Chancellor;

(d)      Deans;

(e)      Principals of the constituent colleges;

(f)       Head of the teaching departments:

(g)      Registrar;

(h)      Treasurer;

(i)       Controller of Examinations; and

(j)       such other persons as may be prescribed by the statutes or regulations.

8.     Patron.--(1) The President of Islamic Republic of Pakistan shall be the Patron of the University.

(2)      The Patron shall, when present, preside at the convocation of the University. In the absence of the Patron, the Board of Governors may request a person of eminence or the Chancellor to preside over the convocation of the University.

(3)      Every proposal to confer an honorary degree shall be subject to confirmation by the Patron.

9.     Visitation.--(1) The Patron may, in accordance with the terms and procedures as may be prescribed, cause an inspection or inquiry to be made on his own motion or at the request of the Higher Education Commission in respect of any matter connected with the affairs of the University and shall, from time to time, direct any person or persons to inquire into or carry out inspection of:--

(a)      the University, its building, laboratories, libraries and other facilities;

(b)      any institution, department or hostel maintained by the University;

(c)      the adequacy of financial and human resources;

(d)      the teaching, research, curriculum, examination and other matters of the University; and

(e)      such other matters as the Patron may specify.

(2)      The Patron shall communicate to the Board his views with regard to the result of visitation and shall, after ascertaining the views of the Board, advise the Chancellor on the action to be taken by it.

(3)      The Chancellor shall, within such time as may be specified by the Patron, communicate to him such action, if any, as has been taken or may be proposed to be taken upon the results of visitation.

(4)      Where the Board does not, within the time specified, take action to the satisfaction of the Patron, the Patron may issue such directions as he deems fit and Board shall comply with all such directions.

10.   Chancellor.--(1) The Chairman of the Trust shall be the Chancellor of the University and the Chairperson of the Board.

(2)  The members of the Board as well as the Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Chancellor from amongst the persons recommended by the Representation Committee set up for this purpose or the Search Committee established in accordance with this Act and the statutes, as the case may be, along with those elected.

(3)  where the Chancellor is satisfied that serious irregularity or mismanagement with respect to the affairs of the University has occurred, he may,--

(a)      as regards proceedings of the Board, direct that specified proceedings be reconsidered and appropriate action taken within one month of the direction having been issued:

          Provided that if the Chancellor is satisfied that either no reconsideration has been carried out or that the reconsideration has failed to address the concern expressed he may, after calling upon the Board to show-cause in writing, appoint a five member Review Panel to examine and report to the Chancellor on the functioning of the Board. The report of the Review Panel shall be submitted within such time as may be prescribed by the Chancellor. The Review Panel shall be drawn from persons of eminence in academics and in the fields of law, accountancy and administration; and

(b)      as regards proceedings of any Authority or with respect to matters within the competence of any Authority other than the Board, direct the Board to exercise powers under Section 19.

(4)      The Chancellor may remove any person from the membership of any authority if such person:--

(a)      has been found of unsound mind; or

(b)      has been incapacitated to function as a member of such Authority; or

(c)      has been convicted by a Court of law for an offence involving moral turpitude; or

(d)      has been found indulging in any activity against the interest of the University.

(5)      Should the Chancellor be incapacitated from acting as such due to absence or any other cause, the Vice-Chancellor or a nominee of the Chancellor shall act for him.

11.  Removal from the Board.--(1) The Chancellor may, upon the recommendation of the Review Panel, remove any person from the membership of the Board on the ground that such person:

(a)      has become of unsound mind; or

(b)      has become incapacitated to function as member of the Board; or

(c)      has been convicted by a Court of law for an offence involving moral turpitude; or

(d)      has absented himself from two consecutive meetings without just cause; or

(e)      has been guilty of misconduct, including use of position for personal advantage of any kind, or gross inefficiency in the performance of functions.

(2)  The Chancellor shall remove any person from the membership of the Board on a resolution calling for the removal of such person supported by at least three-fourth of the membership of the Board:

Provided that before passing such resolution, the Board shall provide the member concerned a fair hearing:

Provided further that the provisions of this section shall not be applicable to the Vice-Chancellor in his capacity as a member of the Board.

12.  Vice-Chancellor.--(1) There shall be a Vice-Chancellor of the University who shall be an eminent academician or a distinguished administrator and shall be appointed on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

(2)      The Vice-Chancellor shall be the chief executive officer of the University responsible for all administrative and academic functions of the University and for ensuring that the provisions of this Act, statutes, regulations and rules are faithfully observed.

(3)      The Vice-Chancellor shall, if present, be entitled to attend any meeting of any authority or body of the University.

(4)      The Vice-Chancellor may, in an emergency that in his opinion requires an immediate action ordinarily not in the competence of the Vice-Chancellor, take such action and report to the Board.

(5)      The Vice-Chancellor shall also have the following powers, namely:--

(a)      to direct teachers, officers and other employees of the University to take up such assignments in connection with examination, administration and such other activities in the university as he may consider necessary for purposes of the University;

(b)      to sanction by re-appropriation an amount, not exceeding an amount prescribed by the Board, for an unforeseen item not provided for in the budget.

(c)      to make appointment of such categories of employees of the University and in such manner as may be prescribed by the statutes;

(d)      to suspend, punish and remove from service, in accordance with prescribed procedure, officers, teachers and other employees of the University except those appointed by or with the approval of the Board;

(e)      to delegate, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, any of his powers under this A to an officer or officers of the University; and

(f)       to exercise and perform such other powers and functions as may be prescribed.

13.  Appointment and Removal of the Vice-Chancellor.--(1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Chancellor on recommendations made by the Board.

(2)      A Search Committee for the recommendation of persons suitable for appointment as Vice-Chancellor shall be constituted by the Board on the date and in the manner prescribed by the Statutes and shall consist of two eminent members of society nominated by the Chancellor, of whom one shall be appointed the Convener, two members of the Board, two distinguished University Teachers who are not members of the Board and one academician of eminence not employed by the University. The two distinguished University Teachers shall be selected by the Board through a process, to be prescribed by Board, that provides for the recommendation of suitable names by the University Teachers in general. The Search Committee shall remain in existence till such time that the appointment of the next Vice-Chancellor has been made by the Chancellor.

(3)      The persons proposed by the Search Committee for appointment as Vice-Chancellor shall be considered by the Board and of these a panel of three, in order of priority, shall be recommended by the Board to the Chancellor:

Provided that the Chancellor may decline to appoint any of the three persons recommended and seek recommendations of a fresh panel. In the event of a fresh recommendation being sought by the Chancellor the search committee shall make a proposal to the Board in the prescribed manner.

(4)      The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed for a renewable tenure of five years on terms and conditions prescribed by statute. The tenure of an incumbent Vice-Chancellor shall be renewed by the Chancellor on receipt of a resolution of the Board in support of such renewal:

Provided that the Chancellor may call upon the Board to reconsider such resolution once.

(5)      The Board may, pursuant to a resolution in this behalf passed by three-fourth of its membership, recommend to the Chancellor the removal of the Vice-Chancellor on the ground of inefficiency, moral turpitude or physical or mental incapacity or gross misconduct, including misuse of position for personal advantage of any kind:

Provided that the Chancellor may make a reference to the Board stating about inefficiency, moral turpitude or physical or mental incapacity or gross misconduct on the part of the Vice-Chancellor that has come to his notice. After consideration of the reference the Board may, pursuant to a resolution in this behalf passed by two-third of its membership, recommend to the Chancellor the removal of the Vice-Chancellor:

Provided further that prior to a resolution for removal of the Vice-Chancellor being voted upon, the Vice-Chancellor shall be given an opportunity of being heard.

(6)      A resolution recommending removal of the Vice-Chancellor shall be submitted to the Chancellor forthwith. The Chancellor may accept the recommendation and order removal of the Vice-Chancellor or return the recommendation to the Board.

(7)      At any time when the office of the Vice-Chancellor is vacant, or the Vice-Chancellor is absent or is unable to perform functions of his office due to illness or some other cause, the Board shall make such arrangements for performance of the duties of the Vice-Chancellor as it may deem fit.

14.  Dean.--(1) There shall be a dean of each faculty to be appointed by the Chancellor on recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, on such terms and conditions as may he prescribed.

(2)      The dean shall be in charge of the faculty and shall assist the Vice-Chancellor on matters relating to teaching, research, academic program and extension of other development projects.

(3)      Subject to overall supervision of the Vice-Chancellor, the dean shall formulate and recommend to the Academic Council, rules and relegations relating to academic and research matter of the faculty.

(4)      The dean shall also have the following powers, namely:--

(a)      to collaborate with universities, industry and other research organizations.

(b)      to formulate recommendations to the Academic Council on the courses of study to be taught in different departments of the faculty;

(c)      to co-ordinate the award of fellowships, stipends, medals and prizes;

(d)      to coordinate the teaching and research work of the faculty;

(e)      to perform such other functions and exercise such other powers as may be entrusted or delegated to him by the Board or the Vice Chancellor; and

(f)       to delegate any of his powers to appropriate levels of management, subject to such conditions as he may deem fit.

15.   Registrar.--(1) There shall be a Registrar of the University to be appointed by the Chancellor on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

(2)      The experience as well as the professional and academic qualifications necessary for appointment to the post of the Registrar shall be as may be prescribed.

(3)      The Registrar shall be a full-time officer of the University and shall:--

(a)      be the administrative head of the secretariat of the University and be responsible for the provision of secretariat support to the authorities of the University;

(b)      be the custodian of the common seal and the academic record of the University;

(c)      maintain a register of registered graduates in the prescribed manner;

(d)      supervise the process of election, appointment or nomination of members to the various authorities and other bodies in the prescribed manner; and

(e)      perform such other duties as may be prescribed.

(4)      The term of office of the Registrar shall be a renewable period of three years:

Provided that the Board may, on advice of the Vice-Chancellor, terminate appointment of the Registrar on grounds of inefficiency or misconduct in accordance with prescribed procedure.

16.   Treasurer.--(1) There shall be a Treasurer of the University to be appointed by the Board on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

(2)      The experience as well as professional and academic qualifications necessary for appointment to the post of the Treasurer shall be as may be prescribed.

(3)      The Treasurer shall be chief financial officer of the University and shall:

(a)      manage the assets, liabilities, receipts, expenditures, funds and investments of the University;

(b)      prepare the annual and revised budget estimates of the University and present them to the Executive Committee or a committee thereof for approval and incorporation in the budget to be presented to the Board;

(c)      ensure that funds of the University are expended on the purposes for which they are provided:

(d)      have the accounts of the University audited annually; and

(e)      perform such other duties as may be prescribed.

(4)  The term of office of the Treasurer shall be a renewable period of three years:

Provided that the Board may, on the advice of the Vice-Chancellor, terminate the appointment of the Treasurer on grounds of inefficiency or misconduct in accordance with prescribed procedure.

17.   Controller of Examinations.--(1) There shall be a Controller of Examinations, to be appointed by the Board on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

(2)      The minimum qualifications necessary for appointment to the post of the Controller of Examinations shall be as may be prescribed.

(3)      The Controller of Examinations shall be a full-time officer of the University and shall be responsible for all matters connected with the conduct of examinations and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed.

(4)      The Controller of examinations shall be appointed for a renewable term of three years:

Provided that the Board may, on the advice of the Vice-Chancellor, terminate appointment of the Controller of examinations on grounds of inefficiency or misconduct in accordance with prescribed procedure.

CHAPTER IV

AUTHORITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY

18.   Authorities.--(1) The following shall be the authorities of the University, namely:--

(a)      authorities established by the Act:--

(i)       Board;

(ii)      Executive Committee;

(iii)     Academic Council;

(b)      authorities to be established by the statutes:--

(i)       board of Advanced Studies and Research;

(ii)      board of Studies;

(iii)     selection board;

(iv)     finance and planning committee;

(v)      search committee for the appointment of the Vice-Chancellor;

(vi)     representation committees for appointment to the Board, Executive Committee and the Academic Council;

(vii)    quality assurance committee;

(viii)   discipline committee; and

(ix)     such other authorities as may be prescribed by the Board.

19.  Board of Governors.--(1) The body responsible for governance of the University shall be described as the Board, and shall consist of the following, namely:--

(a)      the Chancellor who shall be the chairperson of the Board;

(b)      the Vice-Chancellor;

(c)      one member of the Government not below the rank of Additional Secretary from the Ministry of Education;

(d)      four persons from society at large being persons of distinction in the fields of administration, management, education, academics, law, accountancy, medicine, fine arts, architecture, agriculture, science, technology and engineering, such that the appointment of these persons reflects a balance across the various fields:

          Provided that the special focus or affiliation of the University, to be declared in the manner prescribed, may be reflected in the number of persons of distinction in an area of expertise relevant to the University who are appointed to the Board;

(e)      one person from amongst the alumni of the University;

(f)       two persons from the academic community of the country, other than an employee of the University, at the level of professor or principal of a college;

(g)      four University teachers; and

(h)      one person nominated by the Commission.

(2)      The number of the members of the Board described under Clauses (e) to (h) of sub-section (1) may be increased by the Board through statutes subject to condition that the total membership of the Board does not exceed twenty one, with a maximum of five University teachers, and the increase is balanced, to the extent possible, across the different categories specified in sub-section (1).

(3)      All appointments to the Board shall be made by the Chancellor. Appointments of persons described under clauses (e) and (f) of sub-section (1) shall be made from amongst a panel of three names for each vacancy recommended by the representation committee set up in terms of Section 25 and in accordance with procedure as may be prescribed:

Provided that effort shall be made, without compromising on quality or qualification, to give fair representation to women on the Board:

Provided that as regards the University teachers described in Clause (g) of sub-section (1) the Board shall prescribe a procedure for appointment on the basis of elections that provide for voting by the various categories of University teachers. Provided also that the Board may alternatively prescribe that appointment of University teachers to the Board shall also be in the manner provided by this sub-section for the persons described in clauses (e) and (f) of sub-section (1).

(4)      Members of the Board, other than ex-officio members, shall hold office for three years. One-third of the members, other than ex-officio members, of the first restructured Board, to be determined by lot, shall retire from office on the expiration of one year from the date of appointment by the Chancellor. One-half of the remaining members, other than ex-officio members, of the first restructured Board, to be determined by lot, shall retire from office on the expiration of two years from the date of appointment and the remaining one-half, other than ex-officio members, shall retire from office on expiration of the third year:

Provided that no person, other than an ex-officio member, may serve on the Board for more than two consecutive terms:

Provided further that the University Teachers appointed to the Board may not serve for two consecutive terms.

(5)      The Board shall meet at least twice in a calendar year.

(6)      Service on the Board shall be on honorary basis:

Provided that actual expenses may be reimbursed as may be prescribed.

(7)  The Registrar shall be secretary of the Board.

(8)      In the absence of the Chancellor meetings of the Board shall be presided over by such member, not being an employee of the University or the Government, as the Chancellor may, from time to time, nominate. The member so nominated shall be the convener of the Board.

(9)      Unless otherwise prescribed by this Act, all decisions of the Board shall be taken on the basis of the opinion of a majority of the members present. In the event of the members being evenly divided on any matter the person presiding over the meeting shall have a casting vote.

(10)    The quorum for a meeting of the Board shall be two thirds of its membership, a fraction being counted as one.

20.  Powers and functions of the Board of Governors.--(1) The Board shall have power of general supervision over the University and shall hold the Vice-Chancellor and the Authorities accountable for all the functions of the University. The Board shall have all powers of the University not expressly vested in an authority or officer by this Act and all other powers not expressly mentioned by this Act that are necessary for the performance of its functions but which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act or the statutes, regulations and rules made thereunder.

(2)  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, the Board shall have the following powers:--

(a)      to approve proposed annual plan of work, the annual and revised budgets, the annual report and the annual statement of accounts;

(b)      to hold, control and lay down policy for the administration of the property, funds and investments of the University, including the approval of the sale and purchase or acquisition of immovable property;

(c)      to oversee quality and relevance of the University’s academic programmes and to review the academic affairs of the University in general;

(d)      to approve the appointment of the Deans, Professors, Associate Professors and such other senior faculty and senior administrators as may be prescribed;

(e)      to institute schemes, directions and guidelines for the terms and conditions of appointment of all officers, teachers and other employees of the University;

(f)       to approve strategic plans of the University;

(g)      to approve financial resource development plans of the University;

(h)      to consider drafts of statutes and regulations proposed by the Executive Committee and the Academic Council and deal with them in the manner as provided for in Sections 27 and 28, as the case may be:

          Provided that the Board may frame a statute or regulation on its own initiative and approve it after calling for the advice of the Executive Committee or the Academic Council as the case may be;

(i)       to annul by order in writing the proceedings of any authority or officer if the Board is satisfied that such proceedings are not in accordance with the provisions of this Act, statutes or regulations after calling upon such Authority or officer to show-cause why such proceedings should not be annulled;

(j)       to recommend to the Chancellor removal of any member of the Board in accordance with the provisions of this Act;

(k)      to make appointment of members of the Executive Committee, other than ex-officio members, in accordance with the provisions of the Act;

(l)       to make appointment of members of the Academic Council, other than ex-officio members, in accordance with the provisions of this Act;

(m)     to appoint Professors Emeritus on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed;

(n)      to remove any person from the membership of any authority if such person:

(i)       has become of unsound mind; or

(ii)      has become incapacitated to function as member of such authority; or

(iii)     has been convicted by a Court of law for an offence involving moral turpitude; and

(o)      to determine the form, provide for the custody and regulate the use of the common seal of the University.

(3)  The Board may, subject to the provisions of this Act delegate all or any of the powers and functions of any authority, officer or employee of the University at its main campus, to any authority, committee, officer or employee at its additional campus for the purpose of exercising such powers and performing such functions in relation to such additional campus, and for this purpose the Board may create new posts or positions at the additional campus.

21.   Executive Committee.--(1) There shall be an Executive Committee of the University consisting of the following:--

(a)      Vice-Chancellor who shall be its Chairperson;

(b)      Deans of the faculties of the University;

(c)      three professors from different departments, who are not members of the Board, to be elected by the University teachers in accordance with procedure to be prescribed by the Board;

(d)      Principals of the constituent colleges;

(e)      Registrar;

(f)       Treasurer; and

(g)      Controller of Examinations;

(2)      Members of the Executive Committee, other than ex-officio members, shall hold office for three years.

(3)      As regards the three Professors described in Clause (c) of sub-section (1) the Board may, as an alternative to elections, prescribe a procedure for proposal of a panel of names by the representation committee set up in terms of Section 25. Appointment of persons proposed by the representation committee may be made by the Board on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor.

(4)      The quorum for a meeting of the Executive Committee shall be one-half of the total number of members, a fraction being counted as one.

(5)      The Executive Committee shall meet at least once in each quarter of the year.

22.   Powers and duties of the Executive Committee.--(1) The Executive Committee shall be the executive body of the University and shall, subject to the provisions of this Act and the statutes, exercise general supervision over affairs and management of the University.

(2)  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, and subject to the provisions of this Act, the statutes and directions of the Board the Executive Committee shall have the following powers:--

(a)      consider the annual report, the annual and revised budget estimates and to submit these to the Board;

(b)      transfer and accept transfer of movable property on behalf of the University;

(c)      enter into, vary, carry out and cancel contracts on behalf of the University;

(d)      cause proper books of accounts to be kept for all sums of money received and expended by the University and for the assets and liabilities of the University;

(e)      invest any money belonging to the University including any unapplied income in any of the securities described in Section 20 of the Trusts Act, 1882 (Act II of 1882), or in the purchase of immovable property or in such other manner, as may prescribe, with the like power of varying such investments;

(f)       receive and manage any property transferred, and grants, bequests, trust, gifts, donations, endowments, and other contributions made to the University;

(g)      administer any funds placed at the disposal of the University for specified purposes;

(h)      provide the buildings, libraries, premises, furniture, apparatus, equipment and other means required for carrying out the work of the University;

(i)       establish and maintain halls of residence and hostels or approve or license hostels or lodgings for the residence of students;

(j)       recommend to the Board admission of educational institutions to the privileges of the University and withdraw such privileges;

(k)      to arrange for the inspection of colleges and the departments;

(l)       institute Professorships, Associate Professorships, Assistant Professorships, Lectureships, and other teaching posts or to suspend or to abolish such posts;

(m)     create, suspend or abolish such administrative or other posts as may be necessary;

(n)      prescribe the duties of officers, teachers and other employees of the University;

(o)      report to the Board on matters with respect to which it has been asked to report;

(p)      appoint members to various authorities in accordance with the provisions of this Act;

(q)      propose drafts of Statutes for submission to the Board;

(r)      regulate the conduct and discipline of the students of the University;

(s)      take actions necessary for the good administration of the University in general and to this end exercise such powers as are necessary;

(t)      delegate any of its powers to any authority or officer or a committee; and

(u)      perform such other functions as have been assigned to it by provisions of the Bill or may be assigned to it by the Statutes.

23.  Academic Council.--(1) There shall be an Academic Council of the University, consisting of the following:--

(a)      Vice-Chancellor who shall be its Chairperson;

(b)      Deans of faculties and such heads of departments as may be prescribed;

(c)      five members representing the departments, institutes and the constituent colleges to be elected in the manner prescribed by the Board;

(d)      five Professors including Professors Emeritus;

(e)      Registrar;

(f)       Controller of Examinations; and

(g)      Librarian.

(2)      The Board shall appoint the members of the Academic Council, other than ex-officio and elected members, on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor:

Provided that as regards the five professors and the members representing the departments, institutes and the constituent colleges the Board may, as an alternative to elections, prescribe a procedure for proposal of a panel of names by the representation committee set up in terms of Section 25. Appointment of persons proposed by the representation committee may be made by the Board on recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor.

(3)      Members of the Academic Council shall hold office for three years.

(4)      The Academic Council shall meet at least once in each quarter.

(5)      The quorum for meetings of the Academic Council shall be one half of the total number of members, a fraction being counted as one.

24.   Powers and functions of the Academic Council.--(1) The Academic Council shall be the principal academic body of the University and shall, subject to the provisions of this Act and the statutes, have the power to lay down proper standards of instruction, research and examinations and to regulate and promote the academic life of the University and the colleges.

(2)  Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, and subject to the provisions of this Act and the statutes, the Academic Council shall have the power to,

(a)      approve the policies and procedures pertaining to the quality, of academic programmes;

(b)      approve academic programmes;

(c)      approve the policies and procedures pertaining to student related functions including admissions, expulsions, punishments, examinations and certification;

(d)      approve the policies and procedures assuring quality of teaching and research;

(e)      propose to the Executive Committee schemes for the constitution and organization of faculties, teaching departments and boards of studies;

(f)       appoint paper setters and examiners for all examinations of the University after receiving panels of names from the relevant authorities;

(g)      institute programmes for the continued professional development of University teachers at all levels;

(h)      recognize the examinations of other Universities or examining bodies as equivalent to the corresponding examinations of the University;

(i)       regulate award of studentships, scholarships, exhibitions, medals and prizes;

(j)       frame Regulations for submission to the Board;

(k)      prepare an annual report on the academic performance of the University; and

(l)       perform such functions as may be prescribed by regulations.

25.   Representation Committees.--(1) There shall be a representation committee constituted by the Board through Statutes for recommendation of persons for appointment to the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 19.

(2)      There shall also be a Representation Committee constituted by the Board through statutes for the recommendation of persons for appointment to the Executive Committee and the Academic Council in accordance with the provisions of Sections 22 and 24.

(3)      Members of the representation committee for appointments to the Board shall consist of the following:--

(a)      three members of the Board who are not University teachers;

(b)      two persons nominated by the University teachers from amongst themselves in the manner prescribed;

(c)      one person from the academic community, not employed by the University, at the level of professor or college principal to be nominated by the University teachers in the manner prescribed; and

(d)      one eminent citizen with experience in administration, philanthropy, development work, law or accountancy to be nominated by the Board.

(4)      The representation committee for appointments to the Executive Committee and the Academic Council shall consist of the following:--

(a)      two members of the Board who are not University teachers;

(b)      three persons nominated by the University teachers from amongst themselves in the manner prescribed;

(5)      The tenure of the representation committees shall be three years:

Provided that no member shall not serve for more than two consecutive terms.

(6)      The procedures of the representation committees shall be as may be prescribed.

(7)      There may also be such other representation committees set up by any of the other authorities of the University as are considered appropriate for recommending persons for appointment to the various authorities and other bodies of the University.

26.  Appointment of Committees by certain Authorities.--(1) The Board, the Executive Committee, the Academic Council and other authorities may, from time to time, appoint such standing, special or advisory committees, as they may deem fit, and may place on such committee persons who are not members of the authorities appointing the committees.

(2)  The constitution, functions and powers of the authorities for which no specific provision has been made in this Act shall be such as may be prescribed by statutes or regulations.

CHAPTER V

STATUTES, REGULATIONS AND RULES

27.  Statutes.--(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, statutes, to be published in the official Gazette, may be made to regulate or prescribe all or any of the following matters:--

(a)      the contents of and the manner in which the annual report to be presented by the Vice-Chancellor before the Board shall be prepared;

(b)      the University fees and other charges;

(c)      constitution of any pension, insurance, gratuity, provident fund and benevolent fund for University employees;

(d)      scales of pay and other terms and conditions of service of officers, teachers and other University employees;

(e)      maintenance of the register of registered graduates;

(f)       admission of educational institutions to the privileges of the University and the withdrawal of such privileges;

(g)      establishment of faculties, departments, institutes, colleges, study centres and other academic divisions;

(h)      powers and duties of officers and teachers;

(i)       conditions under which the University may enter into arrangements with other institutions or with public bodies for purposes of research and advisory services;

(j)       conditions for appointment of Emeritus Professors and award of honorary degrees;

(k)      efficiency and discipline of University employees;

(l)       the constitution and procedure to be followed by representation committees in carrying out functions in terms of this Act;

(m)     the constitution and procedure to be followed by the Search Committee for appointment of the Vice-Chancellor;

(n)      constitution, functions and powers of the authorities of the University; and

(o)      all other matters which by this Act are to be or may be prescribed or regulated by statutes.

(2)  The draft of statutes shall be proposed by the Executive Committee to the Board which may approve or pass with such modifications as the Board may think fit or may refer back to the Executive Committee, as the case may be, for reconsideration of the proposed draft:

Provided that statutes concerning any of the matters mentioned in clauses (a) and (1) of sub-section (1) shall be initiated and approved by the Board, after seeking the views of the Executive Committee:

Provided further that the Board may initiate a statute with respect to any matter in its power or with respect to which a statute may be framed in terms of this Act and approve such Statute after seeking the views of the Executive Committee.

28.  Regulations.--(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the statues, the Academic Council may make Regulations, to be published in the official Gazette, for all or any of the following matters:--

(a)      courses of study for degrees, diplomas and certificates of the University;

(b)      manner in which the teaching referred to in sub-section (1) of Section 6 shall be organized and conducted;

(c)      admission and expulsion of students to and from the University;

(d)      conditions under which students shall be admitted to the courses and examinations of the University and shall become eligible for award of degrees, diplomas and certificates;

(e)      conduct of examinations;

(f)       conditions under which a person may carry on independent research to entitle him to a degree;

(g)      institution of fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, medals and prizes;

(h)      use of the Library;

(i)       formation of faculties, departments and board of studies; and

(j)       all other matters which by this Act or the statutes are to be or may be prescribed by Regulations.

(2)      Regulations shall be proposed by the Academic Council and shall be submitted to the Board which may approve them or withhold approval or refer them back to the Academic Council for reconsideration A regulation proposed by the Academic Council shall not be effective unless it receives approval of the Board.

(3)  Regulations regarding or incidental to matters contained in clauses (g) and (i) of sub-section (1) shall not be submitted to the Board without the prior approval of the Executive Committee.

29.   Amendment and repeal of Statutes and Regulations.--The procedure for adding to, amending or repealing the Statutes and the Regulations shall be the same as that prescribed respectively for framing or making Statutes and Regulations.

30.   Rules.--(1) The authorities and the other bodies of the University may make rules, to be published in the official Gazette, consistent with the Act, statutes or the regulations, to regulate any matter relating to the affairs of the University which has not been provided for by this Act or that is not required to be regulated by statutes or regulations, including rules to regulate the conduct of business and the time and place of meetings and related matters.

(2)  Rules shall become effective upon approval by the Executive Committee.

CHAPTER VI

UNIVERSITY FUND

31.   The University Fund.--(1) The university shall have a fund to which shall be credited its income from fees, donations, trusts, bequests, endowments, grants, contributions and all other sources.

(2)      Capital recurrent expenditure of the University shall be met from the contributions made by the Board and any other source, including other foundations, universities and individuals, and from the income derived from such sources.

(3)      No contribution, donation or grant which may directly or indirectly involve any immediate or subsequent financial liability for the University, shall be accepted without prior approval of the Board.

32.   Audit and Accounts.--(1) The accounts of the University shall be maintained in such form and manner as may be determined by the Board and shall be audited each year within four mouths of the closing of the financial year of the University by an independent Chartered Accountant appointed by the Board.

(2)      The accounts, together with the report of the auditor thereon, shall be submitted to the Board for approval.

(3)      The auditor’s report shall certify that the auditor has complied with the standards of audit and certification laid down by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Pakistan.

CHAPTER VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

33.   Retirement from Service.--An employee of the University shall retire from service:

(a)      on the attainment of such age or tenure of service as may be prescribed for pension or other retirement benefits, as the competent authority may direct:

                   Provided that no employee shall be compulsory retired unless he has been informed in writing on the grounds of the action proposed to be taken against him and has been given reasonable opportunity of showing cause against that action; or

(b)      where no direction is given under Clause (a) above, an employee shall retire on the completion of sixty years of his age.

34.   Opportunity of show-cause.--Except as otherwise provided, no officer, teacher or other employee of the University holding a permanent post, shall be reduced in rank, or removed or compulsorily retired from service, unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against the action proposed to be taken against him.

35.   Appeal to the Board.--(1) Where an order has been passed punishing an employee other than the Vice-Chancellor, or altering or interpreting to his disadvantage the prescribed terms or conditions of his service, he shall, where the order is passed, by the Vice-Chancellor or any other officer or teacher of the University, has the right to appeal to the Board against the order, and where the order is made by the Board has the right to apply to the Board for review of that order.

(2)      The appeal or application for review shall be submitted to the Vice-Chancellor who shall lay it before the Board with his views and record of the case.

(3)      No order in appeal or review shall be made unless the appellant or the applicant, as the case may be has been given an opportunity of being heard.

36.   Benefits and Insurance.--(1) The University shall constitute for the benefit of its employees in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, such pension, insurance, gratuity, provident fund and benevolent fund schemes as it may deem fit.

(2)  Where any provident fund has been constituted under this Act the provision of Provident Fund Act, 1925 (XIX of 1925) shall apply to such fund.

37.   Commencement of term of members of Authorities.--(1) When a member of a authority is elected, appointed or nominated, his term of office, as fixed under this Act shall commence from such date as may be prescribed.

(2)  Where a member who has accepted any other assignment or for any other similar reason remained absent from the University for a period of not less than six months he shall be deemed to have resigned and vacated his seat.

38.   Filling of casual vacancies in authorities.--Any casual vacancy among the appointed or nominated members of any authority shall be filled as soon as conveniently possible by the person or the body who appointed or nominated the members whose place has become vacant shall be member of such Authority for the residue of the term for which the person whose place he fills would have been a member:

Provided that where a vacancy in the membership of an authority other than the Board, cannot be filled for the reason that the member was ex-officio, and the office has ceased to exist, or the organization, institution or other body other than the University has ceased to exist or has ceased to function, or for any other circumstances which make it impracticable to fill the vacancy, the vacancy shall be filled in such manner as the Board may direct on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancelllor.

39.   Disputes about membership of authorities.--(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, a person nominated or appointed to any authority shall cease to be member of such authority as soon as he cease to hold the position by virtue of which he was nominated or appointed.

(2)  If a question arises whether any person is entitled to be a member of any authority, the matter shall be referred to a committee consisting of the Chancellor, two nominees of the Board and a nominee of the Vice-Chancellor and the decision of the committee thereon shall be final and binding.

40.   Proceedings of authorities not invalidated by the vacancies.--No act, resolution or decision of any authority shall be invalid by reason of any vacancy on the Authority doing, passing, or making it or by reason of any want of qualification or appointment or nomination of any de facto member or the authority, whether present or absent.

41.   Transitory Provisions.--(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, the Board shall be structured and the members thereof, except the University teachers, appointed by the Chancellor in accordance with the numbers and criteria for membership specified in this Act. As regards the University teachers, they shall also be appointed by the Chancellor for first structured Board and subsequently they will be elected or appointed as per prescribed manner. The first structured Board so constituted shall initiate, as soon as possible, the process for the appointment of the members of the Executive Committee and the Academic Council in accordance with the terms of this Act. The term of tenure provided in sub-section (4) of Section 19 notwithstanding, one-third of the members, other than ex-officio members, of the first structured Board, to be determined by lot, shall retire from office on the expiration of one year from the date of appointment by the Chancellor. One-half of the remaining members, other than ex-officio members, of the first structured Board, to be determined by lot, shall retire from office on the expiration of two years from the date of appointment and the remaining one-half, other than ex-officio members, shall retire from office on the expiration of the third year.

(2)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, the first Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Chancellor for a period of three years.


42.   Removal of Difficulties.--If any difficulty arises as to the first constitution or reconstitution of any authority upon coming into force of this Act or otherwise in giving effect to any provision of this Act the Patron may give appropriate directions to remove such difficulty.

43.   Indemnity.--No suit or legal proceedings shall lie against the Government, the University or any authority or employee of the University or any person, in respect of anything which is done, or purported to have been done in good faith this Act.

-----------------------------

ORDINANCE NO. XVII OF 2015

PAKISTAN INTERNATIONAL AIRLINES CORPORATION (CONVERSION) ORDINANCE, 2015

An Ordinance to provide for setting up of the Pakistan International Airlines Corporation into a public limited company

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, 5th December, 2015]

No. F. 2(1)/2015-Pub., dated 4.12.2015.--The following Ordinance promulgated by the President is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS, it is expedient to provide for conversion of the Pakistan International Airlines Corporation into a public limited company under the Companies Ordinance, 1984 (XLVII of 1984) and to deal with ancillary matters;

AND WHEREAS the Senate and the National Assembly are not in session and the President is satisfied that circumstances exist which render it necessary to take immediate action;

Now, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred by Clause (1) of Article 89 of the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, the President is pleased to make and promulgate the following Ordinance:--

1.     Short title, extent and commencement.--(1) This Ordinance may be called the Pakistan International Airlines Corporation (Conversion) Ordinance, 2015.

(2)      It extends to the whole of Pakistan.

(3)      It shall come into force at once.

2.     Definitions.--In this Ordinance, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,--

(a)      “arrangement” means an arrangement in writing between the Company and any relevant entity setting forth the terms, conditions and manner of transfer of one or more assets of the Company to a relevant entity along with the consideration for the same, which transfer is subject to the provisions of Section 4;

(b)      “assets” includes all properties, rights and entitlements of every description and nature whatsoever, whether present or future, actual or contingent, and tangible or intangible, in Pakistan or elsewhere and includes but not limited to property held on trust, both movable and immovable, benefits, claims, receivables, cash balances, documents, investments, privileges and powers;

(c)      “Company” means Pakistan International Airlines Corporation Limited incorporated under the Companies Ordinance;

(d)      “Companies Ordinance” means the Companies Ordinance, 1984 (XLVII of 1984);

(e)      “Company request” means a written request made by the Company to the Federal Government to issue an order pursuant to Section 4 to effect transfer to a relevant entity of specified assets in terms of the relevant arrangement, provided nevertheless, such request may only be made once the Company has to that extent complied with the provisions of sub-section (3) of Section 196 of the Companies Ordinance and the applicable code of corporate governance;

(f)       “conversion” with all its cognate expressions means, in accordance with the provisions of this Ordinance, the conversion of the Corporation into a Company;

(g)      “commencing date” means the date of promulgation of this Ordinance;

(h)      “Corporation” means the Pakistan International Airlines Corporation established under the Pakistan International Airlines Corporation Act, 1956 (XIX of 1956);

(i)       “liabilities” includes all borrowings, duties, obligations, loans encumbrances of every description and nature whatsoever in Pakistan or elsewhere, whether present or future, actual or contingent, and disclosed or undisclosed;

(j)       “order” means any order issued by the Federal Government pursuant to sub-section (1) of Section 4 and notified in the official Gazette and the expression “orders” shall be construed accordingly;

(k)      “PIAC Act” means the Pakistan International Airlines Corporation Act, 1956 (XIX of 1956);

(l)       “proceedings” includes any suit, arbitration or other legal or administrative proceedings applications, appeals, awards, reviews or revisions filed or pending;

(m)     “relevant entity” means any body corporate or company owned or controlled by the Federal Government or the Federal Government itself;

(n)      “specified assets” means the assets specified in the relevant arrangements;

(o)      “undertakings” include all projects, ventures and operations undertaken by the Corporation, individually or collectively, in collaboration with some other person; and

(p)      “validity period” means the period starting from the commencing date and ending on the second anniversary of the commencing date, or on such earlier date as may be notified by the Federal Government in the official Gazette.

3.  Conversion of Corporation into a Company.--(1) The Corporation shall be deemed to have been converted into a public company limited by shares with effect from the commencing date.

(2)      As and from the commending date,--

(a)      the Company shall be deemed to hold and own all assets and liabilities of the Corporation without any conveyance, alienation or assignment and without any further act, deed or registration and without discharging or invalidating any contract; and

(b)      without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing clause, the Company shall,--

(i)       be entitled to the benefit of all notifications, licenses, permissions, sanctions, authorizations, concessions, decrees, air service agreements, orders and benefits whatsoever issued or granted in favour of the Corporation as on the commencing date, including but not limited to the permissions connected with the listing of the securities of the Corporation on the relevant stock exchanges; and

(ii)      be deemed to have taken over and shall be entitled to enforce, all rights, licenses, grants and concessions and to have assumed all liabilities of the Corporation and shall be liable to pay and discharge all liabilities of every description and nature whatsoever of the Corporation.

(3)      The shareholders of the Company shall be deemed without any fresh issuance of shares to own and hold the same number of fully paid shares with such rights and privileges (including as to class, kind and face value) as they owned and held in the Corporation on the commencing date; and the authorized capital of the Company shall be deemed to be equivalent to the authorized capital of the Corporation as on the commencing date and no fee or charges shall be payable in this regard.

(4)      All proceedings of every description and nature whatsoever by or against or relating to the Corporation pending on the commencing date in any Court, tribunal, or other authority shall be continued, defended, prosecuted and enforced by or against or relating to the Company in the same manner and to the same extent as they would have been continued, defended, prosecuted and enforced by or against or relating to the Corporation, and the same shall not abate, be discontinued, prejudiced or otherwise affected by the provisions of this Ordinance.

(5)      The Company shall be deemed to be the successor-in-interest of the Corporation, and the name of the Company shall be deemed to have been substituted for the name of the Corporation in all contract, agreements, licenses, orders, certificates, powers of attorney, consents, undertakings, leases, grants, concessions, records of Central Depository Company of Pakistan Limited and all other instruments or documents of every description and nature whatsoever relating to the Corporation and no objection shall be entertained by any Court, tribunal or authority in regard to such substitution or on the ground that any such contract, agreement or document as aforesaid was, or is, in, or with, the name of the Corporation and not the Company.

(6)      All employees of the Corporation shall be deemed to be employees of the Company on the same remuneration and other conditions of service, rights and privileges including but not limited to the provisions as to their pension, provident fund and gratuity, as the case may be, and other matters as were applicable to them before the conversion:

Provided that--

(i)       notwithstanding anything contained in this Ordinance or any other law, or any decision of any Court or tribunal, the employees of the Company shall continue to be governed by non-statutory contractual terms, conditions, rules and regulations of service and such terms, conditions, rules and regulations shall not acquire, or be deemed to have acquired or be treated as having acquired, statutory status;

(ii)      no person deemed to be employed by the Company under this section shall be entitled to any compensation or benefit as a consequence of the conversion of the Corporation into a Company; and

(iii)     salaries of those employees of the corporation who upon conversion become employees of the Company shall not be changed to their disadvantage, unless such change is in accordance with applicable law.

(7)      Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 146 of the Companies Ordinance, the Company shall, upon conversion, continue all business and undertakings of the Corporations as were being carried on immediately prior to the commencing date.

4.  Power to pass orders for the transfer of assets.--(1) During the validity period and subject to a prior Company request, the Federal Government may issue orders providing for the transfer of specified assets to a relevant entity substantially on the terms set forth in the relevant arrangement.

(2)      The orders shall be binding on the Company, the relevant entity and any other person having any right, claim or liability in relation to the Company or any relevant entity.

(3)      As and from the date specified in the order, the specified assets shall, by virtue and to the extent provided in the relevant order, stand transferred to, and vest in, the relevant entity, without any conveyance, alienation or assignment and without any further act, deed or registration and without discharging or invalidating any contract, and be subject to the terms of the relevant order in all cases.

5.     Guarantees to remain in force.--Notwithstanding the repeal of the PIAC Act, all guarantees given by the Federal Government to any person, including foreign or local institutions, to


secure any of the liabilities of the Corporation shall remain in full force and effect as though they were given on behalf of the Company.

6.     Stamp duty.--No stamp or other duties or charges shall be payable under any law for the time being in force in relation to the conversion and transfers pursuant to orders and issuance of shares under this Ordinance.

7.     Name of Company.--The name of the Company shall not be changed without the consent, in writing, of the Federal Government.

8.     No gain or loss.--Neither the conversion nor the transfer of any asset of the Company through an order shall give rise to any gain or loss under the Income Tax Ordinance, 2001 (XLIX of 2001).

9.     Ordinance to override.--The provisions of this Ordinance and the orders issued hereunder shall have effect notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other law for the time being in force.

10.   Removal of transitional difficulties.--If any difficulty arises during the validity period in giving effect to any provision of this Ordinance, the Federal Government may, by notification in the official Gazette, make such provisions as may appear to it to be necessary for the purpose of removing the difficulty.

11.   Repeal.--(1) The PIAC Act is hereby repealed.

(2)  On repeal of PIAC Act under sub-section (1), nothing contained in the said Act shall be applicable to the Company, its shareholders or any other person that may have had interest in the Corporation immediately prior to the conversion.

-----------------------------------

ACT No. XVII OF 2015

NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF MEDICAL SCIENCES ACT, 2015

An Act to establish the National University of Medical Sciences

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, 31st October, 2015]

No. F. 9(23)/2015-Legis., dated 29.10.2015.--The following Act of Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) received the assent of the President on 28th October, 2015, is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient to establish the National University of Medical Sciences and to provide for the matters connected therewith and incidental thereto;

It is hereby enacted as under:--

1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) This Act may be called the National University of Medical Sciences Act, 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once.

2.  Definitions.--In this Act unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,--

(i)       “Academic Council” means the Academic Council of the University;

(ii)      “Affiliated College” includes any college, institute, institution, centre or hospital affiliated to the University but not maintained or administered by it;

(iii)     “Authority” means any of the Authorities of the University specified or set up in terms of Section 16;

(iv)     “Board of Governors” means the Board of Governors of the University;

(v)      “Campus” means any infrastructure of the university within country or abroad;

(vi)     “Chancellor” means the Chancellor of the University;

(vii)    “College” means a college constituted or affiliated with the University;

(viii)   “Commission” means the Higher Education Commission set up by the Higher Education Commission Act, 2002 (LIII of 2002);

(ix)     “Constituent College” means an educational college or institute in the health studies, by whatever name described, maintained and administered by the Armed Forces University including Army Medical College, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Postgraduate Medical Institute, Rawalpindi and such other college or institute or institution designated as such by the Board of Governors;

(x)      “Controller of Examinations” means the chief coordinator of examinations of the University;

(xi)     “Commandant” means administrative head of an institute or hospital;

(xii)    “Dean” means head of a faculty or academic head of institute under the University or the head of an academic body granted the status of a Faculty by this Act or by the Statutes or Regulations;

(xiii)   “Department” means a teaching department maintained and administered, or recognized by the University in the manner prescribed;

(xiv)   “Director” means the head of a department or section established by the University established by Statutes or Regulations in terms of the powers delegated by this Act including but not limited to: Director Administration; Director Finance; Director Legal; Director Research and Development; Director Academic Coordination; Director International Affairs; Director Quality Assurance; Director Human Resource or Director Planning and this post may be upgraded to Director General on need basis;

(xv)    “Director General” means the head of the directorate of Armed Forces of Pakistan wherever such post exists or head of an institute or department under University with duties as may be prescribed;

(xvi)   “Faculty'' means an administrative and academic unit of the University consisting of one or more departments as may be prescribed;

(xvii)  “Government” means the Federal Government;

(xviii) “Institute” means an institute constituted or affiliated with University;

(xix)   “prescribed” means prescribed by Statutes, Regulations or Rules and made under the Act;

(xx)    “Principal” means the head of a College or Institute;

(xxi)   “Pro-Vice Chancellor” means Pro-Vice Chancellor of the University;

(xxii)  “Registrar” means the Registrar of the University;

(xxiii) “Regulation” means regulations made under this Act;

(xxiv) “Representation Committees” means the Representation Committees constituted under Section 23;

(xxv)  “Search Committee” means the Search Committee set up by the Board of Governors under sub-section (2) of Section 11;

(xxvi) “Statutes”, “Regulations” and “Rules” mean respectively the Statutes, the Regulations and the Rules made under this Act and for the time being in force;

(xxvii) “Syndicate” means the Syndicate of the University;

(xxviii) “Teachers” include Professors, Associate Professors, Assistant Professors, registrars, and Lecturers, Demonstrators engaged whole-time by the University or by a constituent or affiliated college and such other persons as may be declared to be teachers by Regulations;

(xxix) “Teaching Hospitals or Institutes” or “University Hospitals or Institutes” means any hospital or institute by whatever name described, designated by the University for teaching, training and research purposes presently including but not limited to Armed Forces Institute of Cardiology, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Institute of Pathology, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Institute of Transfusion, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Institute of Urology, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Institute of Rehabilitation Medicine, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Bone Marrow Transplantation Centre, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Institute of Urology. Rawalpindi: Armed Forces Institute of Mental Health, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Institute of Ophthalmology, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Institute of Radiological Imaging, Rawalpindi; Armed Forces Institute of Nutrition, Lahore; Army Medical Corps School and Centre Abbottabad; Combined Military Hospital. Rawalpindi; Military Hospital, Rawalpindi; Combined Military Hospital Lahore; Combined Military Hospital Peshawar; Combined Military Hospital Kharian; Combined Military Hospital Multan; Combined Military Hospital Malir; Combined Military Hospital Quetta; Combined Military Hospital Sialkot; Combined Military Hospital Okara; Combined Military Hospital Jhelum; Combined Military Hospital Gujranwala; Combined Military Hospital Mangla; Combined Military Hospital Sargodha; Combined Military Hospital Abbottabad; Combined Military Hospital Murree; Combined Military Hospital Chunian; Combined Military Hospital Zhob; Combined Military Hospital Khuzdar; Combined Militaty Hospital Loralai; Combined Military Hospital Sibbi; Combined Military Hospital Dera Ismail Khan; Combined Military Hospital Mardan; Combined Military Hospital Bahawalpur; Combined Military Hospital Bahawalnagar; Combined Military Hospital Skardu; Combined Military Hospital Gilgit; Combined Military Hospital Nowshera; Combined Military Hospital Kohat; Combined Military Hospital Attack; Combined Military Hospital Hyderabad; Combined Military Hospital Pano Aqil; Combined Military Hospital Bannu; Combined Military Hospital Risalpur; Combined Military Hospital Landikotal; Combined Military Hospital Rahim Yar Khan; Combined Military Hospital Mailsi; Combined Military Hospital Chhor; Combined Military Hospital Dera Nawab Shah; Combined Military Hospital Badin; Combined Military Hospital Cherat; Combined Military Hospital Thai; Combined Military Hospital Tarbela; Combined Military Hospital Muzaffarabad; Combined Military Hospital Rawlakot; Combined Military Hospital Chunian; Army Cardiac Centre Lahore; Hand & Upper Limb Surgery Lahore; Heavy Industry Taxilla Hospital; Pakistan Naval Hospital; Hafeez, Islamabad; Pakistan Air Force Hospital, Islamabad. Shall include any other hospital or institute or institution designated as such by the Board of Governors. These hospitals or institutes shall act as University’s hubs for academic and research purposes and resource centres for continuing professional development opportunities;

(xxx)  “University” means the National University of Medical Sciences established under this Act; and

(xxxi) “Vice-Chancellor” means the Vice-Chancellor of the University appointed under Section 10.

3.     Establishment and incorporation of the University.--(1) There shall be established a University to be called the National University of Medical Sciences consisting of--

(a)      the Chancellor, the Pro-Chancellor, the Board of Governors, the Vice-Chancellor, the Pro-Vice Chancellor, the Committee, the Syndicate, the Academic Council, the Principals, the Deans, the Commandants and the Director Generals;

(b)      the officers and members of such other councils, committees and advisory bodies as the Board
of Governors may establish or authorize from time to time;

(c)      the members of the faculties and students of the colleges, institutes, institutions, centers, hospitals; and

(d)      such other officers and members of the staff as the Board of Governors may from time to time, specify.

(2)      The University shall be a body corporate by the name of the National University of Medical Sciences, having perpetual succession and common seal, with power, among others, to acquire, hold and dispose of any property and shall by the said name sue and be sued.

(3)      The University shall be competent to acquire and hold property, both movable and immovable, and to lease, sell or otherwise transfer any movable and immovable property which may have become vested in or been acquired by it.

(4)      The principal seat of the University shall be at Islamabad, and it may set up any number of Campuses, Colleges, Institutes, Institutions, Centers, Hospitals, etc., at such places in Pakistan as the Board of Governors may determine.

(5)      The University shall have academic, financial and administrative autonomy, including the power to employ officers, teachers and other employees on such terms as may be prescribed, subject to this Act.

4.     Purposes, powers and functions of the University.--(1) The purposes of the University shall be the promotion and dissemination of knowledge and technology and to provide for instruction, training, research, demonstration and service in the health sciences and such related branches of learning as the Board of Governors may deem fit.

(2)  The University shall be a fully autonomous body with autonomy to govern its academic and administrative functions in order to achieve its objectives and to.--

(i)       determine courses of study in various fields of medical sciences and such other branches of learning as it may determine;

(ii)      select and examine students;

(iii)     award degrees, diplomas, certificates and other academic distinctions;

(iv)     pursue and coordinate research;

(v)      affiliate itself or associate with other institutions and establish faculties in Pakistan or abroad for better discharge of its function and responsibilities;

(vi)     grant affiliation to educational institutes or colleges;

(vii)    establish campuses abroad independently or in collaboration with that country;

(viii)   decide teaching methods and strategies in order to ensure the most effective educational and research programs;

(ix)     use the financial and other resources allocated to it for the execution of its functions;

(x)      confer in the manner prescribed honorary degrees or other distinctions on persons approved by the Board of Governors for the purpose;

(xi)     provide for such instructions for persons not being students of the University as it may determine, and to grant certificates and diplomas to such persons;

(xii)    confer degrees on persons who have carried on independent research under prescribed conditions;

(xiii)   accept the examinations passed and the periods of study spent by students of the University at other universities and places of learning as equivalent to such examinations and periods of study in the University as it may detenuine, and to withdraw such acceptance;

(xiv)   institute Professorship, Associate Professorship, Assistant Professorships, Research Associateships and other posts, and to make appointment thereto;

(xv)    create posts for teaching, research, extensions, administration and other related purposes and to appoint persons thereto;

(xvi)   institute and award fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, bursaries, medals and prizes under prescribed conditions;

(xvii)  provide and support the academic development of the faculty of the University;

(xviii) establish colleges, institutes, institutions, centres, hospitals, faculties, libraries, laboratories, workshops, museums and other centres of learning for the development of teaching and research and to make such arrangements for their maintenance, management and administration as it may determine;

(xix)   make provisions for research and advisory services and with these objects to enter into arrangements with other institutions or with public bodies within Pakistan and abroad under prescribed conditions;

(xx)    enter into, carry out, vary or cancel contracts;

(xxi)   receive and manage property transferred and grants, bequests, trusts, gifts, donations, endowments and other contributions made to the University and to invest any funds, representing such property, grants, bequests, trusts, gifts, donations, endowments or contributions and to convert one kind of property into other, in such manner as it may deem fit;

(xxii)  provide support for the printing and publication of research and other work;

(xxiii) authorize and agree when required by the colleges to the mobility of qualified staff among universities, research organizations and the Government or corporate bodies, provided that the rights and privileges of the staff under this arrangement shall be protected;

(xxiv) institute programmes for the exchange of students and teachers between the University and other universities, educational institutions and research organizations, inside as well as outside Pakistan;

(xxv)  provide career counselling and job search services to students and alumni;

(xxvi) maintain linkages with alumni;

(xxvii) develop and implement fund raising plans;

(xxviii) offer online and virtual courses, and telemedicine services;

(xxix) veterinary courses as may be prescribed;

(xxx)  use the financial and other resources allocated to it for the execution of its functions; and

(xxxi) do all such other acts and things, whether incidental to the powers aforesaid or not, as may be requisite in order to further its objects as a place of education, learning and research.

(3)      The principal teaching facilities of the University shall consist of the constituent and affiliated institutes, colleges and hospitals and such other institutes, colleges and hospitals as may be determined by the Board of Governors from time to time.

(4)      The University may enter into agreements, contracts and arrangements with governments, national or international organizations, institutions, hospitals, bodies and individuals for the purpose of carrying out its functions and activities.

(5)      The University may do all such other acts and things as may be requisite in order to further the objects of the University.

(6)      The University may, with the approval of the Board of Governors, provide facilities to the representatives of the Commission and the Pakistan Medical and Dental Council or such similar relevant organizations for visitation to enable them to verify that appropriate academic standards are being maintained by the University.

5.  University to be open to all classes, creeds, etc.--(1) The University shall be open to all persons of either gender of whatever religion, race, class, creed colour or domicile who qualify for admission to the courses of study offered by the University based on the criteria and policy determined by the Board of Governors, and no such person shall be denied the privileges of the University on the ground only of gender, religion, race, class, creed, colour or domicile.

(2)  The University shall institute financial aid programmes for students in need, to the extent considered feasible by the Board of Governors given the resources available, so as to enable admission and access to the University and the various opportunities provided by it to be based on merit rather than ability to pay.

6.     Officers of the University.--The following shall be the principal officers of the University, namely:--

(a)      the Chancellor;

(b)      the Pro-Chancellor

(c)      the Vice-Chancellor;

(d)      the Pro-Vice-Chancellor;

(e)      the Principles or Commandants of Constituent Colleges;

(f)       the Deans;

(g)      Chairperson of the teaching departments;

(h)      the Registrar;

(i)       the Controller of Examination; and

(j)       such person as may be prescribed to be an officer by the Board of Governors.

7.     The Chancellor.--(1) The President of Pakistan shall be the ex officio Chancellor of the University.

(2)      The Chancellor shall preside the convocations of the University.

(3)      Every proposal to confer an honorary degree shall be subject to confirmation by the Chancellor.

(4)      If the Chancellor is satisfied, that the proceedings or orders of any authority are not in accordance with the provisions of this Act, the statutes, regulations or the rules, he may, after calling upon such authority to show-cause in writing, annul such proceedings or orders.

8.     Pro-Chancellor.--(1) The Chief of the Army Staff shall be the ex officio Pro-Chancellor of the University.

(2)      The Pro-Chancellor shall attend the meetings at which business of the University is transacted.

(3)      The members of the Board of Governors as well as the Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Pro-Chancellor from amongst the persons recommended by the Representation Committee set up for this purpose or the Search Committee established in accordance with the Act and the Statutes, as the case may be, alongwith those elected.

(4)  If the Pro-Chancellor is satisfied that serious irregularity or mis-management with respect to the affairs of the University has occurred, he may,--

(a)      as regards proceedings of the Board of Governors, direct that specified proceedings be reconsidered and appropriate action taken within one month of the direction having been issued:

          Provided that if the Pro-Chancellor is satisfied that either no reconsideration has been carried out or that the reconsideration has failed to address the concern expressed he may, after calling upon the Board of Governors to show-cause in writing, appoint a five member Review Panel to examine and report to the Pro-Chancellor on the functioning of the Board of Governors. The report of the Review Panel shall be submitted within such time as the Pro-Chancellor may prescribe. The Review Panel shall be drawn from persons of eminence in academics and in the fields of law, accountancy and administration; and

(b)      as regards proceedings of any Authority or with respect to matters within the competence of any Authority other than the Board of Governors, direct the Board of Governors to exercise powers under Section 17.

9.  Removal from the Board of Governors.--(1) The Pro-Chancellor may, upon the recommendation of the Review Panel, remove any person from the membership of the Board of Governors on the ground that such person has,--

(a)      become of unsound mind;

(b)      become incapacitated to function as member of the Board of Governors;

(c)      been convicted by a Court of law for an offence involving moral turpitude;

(d)      absented himself from two consecutive meetings without just cause; or

(e)      been guilty of misconduct, including use of position for personal advantage of any kind, or gross inefficiency in the performance of functions.

(2)  The Pro-Chancellor shall remove any person from the membership of the Board of Governors on a resolution calling for the removal of such person supported by at least three-fourths of the membership of the Board of Governors:

Provided that before passing such resolution the Board of Governors shall provide the member concerned a fair hearing:

Provided further that the provisions of this section shall not be applicable to the Vice-Chancellor in his capacity as a member of the Board of Governors.

10.  The Vice-Chancellor.--(1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be a notable academician with finest credentials and qualifications in medical sciences preferably Ph.D. or FCPS or equivalent from within the country or abroad or higher education in clinical and management sciences and shall be appointed on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Governors.

(2)      The Vice-Chancellor shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the University responsible for overall administrative and academic functions of the University and for ensuring that the provisions of the Act, Statutes, Regulations and Rules are faithfully observed in order to promote the general efficiency and good order of the University. The Vice-Chancellor shall have all powers prescribed for this purpose, including administrative control over the officers, teachers and other employees of the University.

(3)      The Vice-Chancellor shall be responsible for implementation of the decisions and policies of the Board of Governors and shall have the following powers, namely:--

(a)      oversee, monitor and supervise all academic activities including examinations and applied research to ensure that proper academic standards are maintained;

(b)      exercise administrative control over the academic and administrative staff employed by the University including their recruitment;

(c)      submit the plans of work and budget estimates of the University for approval of the Board of Governors;

(d)      sanction by re-appropriation an amount not exceeding an amount prescribed by the Board of Governors for an unforeseen item not provided for in the budget and report it to the Board of Governors at the next meeting;

(e)      direct the activities connected with execution of programmes for instruction, training, research, demonstration and service, and authorize expenditure provided for in the budget as approved by the Board of Governors;

(f)       make appointments of teachers, officers, doctors and members of the staff of the University and other persons on regular basis in accordance with the policies and procedures approved by the Board of Governors so as to ensure the highest intellectual and moral qualities in the persons appointed;

(g)      suspend, punish and remove, in accordance with prescribed procedure, from service officers, teachers and other employees of the University except those appointed by or with the approval of the Board of Governors;

(h)      delegate, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, any of his powers under this. Act to an officer or officers of the University;

(i)       exercise and perform such other powers and functions as may be prescribed;

(j)       submit to the Board of Governors, in accordance with the rules of procedure framed by it, reports on the activities of the University and the execution of the plans of works;

(k)      prepare and revise from time to time statutes and regulations with the approval of the Board of Governors for the efficient and effective operations of the University; and

(l)       provide the necessary requisite service to the Board of Governors.

(3)  The Vice-Chancellor shall, if present, be entitled to attend any meeting of any Authority or body of the University.

(4)      The Vice-Chancellor may, in an emergency that in his opinion requires immediate action ordinarily not in the competence of the Vice-Chancellor, take such action and forward, within seventy-two hours, a report of the action taken to the members of the Emergency Committee of the Board of Governors, to be set up by Statute. The Emergency Committee may direct such further action as is considered appropriate.

(5)      The Vice-Chancellor shall present an annual report before the Board of Governors within three months of the close of the academic year. The annual report shall present such information as regards the academic year under review as may be prescribed including disclosure of all relevant facts pertaining to--

(a)      academics;

(b)      research;

(c)      administration; and

(d)      finances.

(6)  The Vice-Chancellor’s annual report shall be made available, prior to its presentation before the Board of Governors, to all officers and University teachers and shall be published in such numbers as are required to ensure its wide circulation.

11.  Appointment and removal of the Vice-Chancellor.--(1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Pro-Chancellor on the recommendations made by the Board of Governors.

(2)      A Search Committee for the recommendation of persons suitable for appointment as Vice-Chancellor shall be constituted by the Board of Governors on the date and in the manner prescribed by the Statutes and shall consist of two eminent academicians nominated by the Pro-Chancellor of whom one shall be appointed as Convener, two members of the Board of Governors and two distinguished University Teachers who are not members of the Board of Governors. The two distinguished University Teachers shall be selected by the Board of Governors through a process, to be prescribed by Board of Governors that provides for the recommendation of suitable names by the University Teachers in general. The Search Committee shall remain in existence till such time that the appointment of the next Vice-Chancellor has been made by the Pro-Chancellor.

(3)  The persons proposed by the Search Committee for appointment as Vice-Chancellor shall be considered by the Board of Governors and of these a panel of three, in older of Priority, shall be recommended by the Board of Governors to the Pro-Chancellor:

Provided that the Pro-Chancellor may decline to appoint any of the three persons recommended and seek recommendation of a fresh panel. In the event of a fresh recommendation being sought by the Pro-Chancellor the Search Committee shall make a proposal to the Board of Governors in the prescribed manner.

(4)      The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed for a renewable tenure of four years on such terms and conditions as prescribed by Statutes. The tenure of an incumbent Vice-Chancellor shall be renewed by the Pro-Chancellor on receipt of a resolution of the Board of Governors in support of such renewal:

Provided that the Pro-Chancellor may call upon the Board of Governors to reconsider such resolution once.

(5)      The Board of Governors may, pursuant to a resolution in this behalf passed by three-fourths of its membership, recommend to the Pro-Chancellor the removal of the Vice-Chancellor on the ground of in-efficiency, moral turpitude or physical or mental incapacity or gross misconduct, including misuse of position for personal advantage of any kind:

Provided that the Pro-Chancellor may make a reference to the Board of Governors stating the instances of inefficiency, moral turpitude or physical or mental incapacity or gross misconduct on the part of the Vice-Chancellor that have come to his notice. After consideration of the reference the Board of Governors may, pursuant to a resolution in this behalf passed by two-thirds of its membership, recommend to the Pro-Chancellor the removal of the Vice Chancellor:

Provided further that prior to a resolution for the removal of the Vice-Chancellor being voted upon the Vice-Chancellor shall be given a fair opportunity of being heard.

(6)      A resolution recommending the removal of the Vice-Chancellor shall be submitted to the Pro-Chancellor forthwith. The Pro-Chancellor may accept the recommendation and order removal of the Vice-Chancellor or return the recommendation to the Board of Governors.

(7)      At any time when the office of the Vice-Chancellor is vacant, or the Vice-Chancellor is absent or is unable to perform the functions of his office due to illness or some other cause, the Board of Governors shall make such arrangements for the performance of the duties of the Vice-Chancellor as it may deem fit.

12.   Pro Vice-Chancellor.--(1) There shall be a Pro-Vice-Chancellor of the University to be appointed by the Board of Governors on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

(2)      The Pro-Vice-Chancellor shall be an illustrious academician or an administrator with prescribed credentials in the healthcare field.

(3)      The Pro-Vice-Chancellor shall serve as deputy to the Vice-Chancellor and assist him in overall administrative and academic functions of the University.

(4)      The Pro-Vice-Chancellor shall be full-time officer of the University and assist in implementation of the decisions and policies of the Board of Governors and the Vice-Chancellor.

13.   Registrar.--(1) There shall be a Registrar of the University to be appointed by the Board of Governors on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, on such terms and conditions as may be Prescribed.

(2)      The experience as well as the professional and academic qualifications necessary for appointment to the post of the Registrar shall be as may be prescribed.

(3)      The Registrar shall be a full-time officer of the University and shall,--

(a)      be the administrative head of the secretariat of the University and be responsible for the provision of secretariat support to the Authorities of the University;

(b)      be the custodian of the common seal and the academic records of the University;

(c)      maintain a register of registered graduates in the prescribed manner;

(d)      supervise the process of election, appointment or nomination of members to the various authorities and other bodies in the prescribed manner; and

(e)      perform such other duties as may be prescribed.

(4)  The term of office of the Registrar shall be a renewable period of three years:

Provided that the Board of Governors may, on the advice of the Vice-Chancellor, terminate the appointment of the Registrar on grounds of inefficiency or misconduct in accordance with prescribed procedure.

14.  Treasurer.--(1) There shall be a Treasurer of the University to be, appointed by the Board of Governors on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

(2)      The experience and the professional and academic qualifications necessary for appointment to the post of the Treasurer shall be as prescribed.

(3)      The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the University and shall,--

(a)      manage the assets, liabilities, receipts, expenditures, funds and investments of the University;

(b)      prepare the annual and revised budget estimates of the University and present them to the Syndicate or a committee thereof for approval and incorporation in the budget to be presented to the Board of Governors;

(c)      ensure that the funds of the University are expended on the purposes for which they are provided;

(d)      have the accounts of the University audited annually so as to be available for submission to the Board of Governors within six months of the close of the financial year; and

(e)      perform such other duties as may be prescribed.

(4)      The term of office of the Treasurer shall be a extendable period of three years:

Provided that the Board of Governors may, on the advice of the Vice-Chancellor, terminate the appointment of the Treasurer on grounds of inefficiency or misconduct in accordance with prescribed procedure.

15.   Controller of Examinations.--(1) There shall be a Controller of Examinations, to be appointed by the Board of Governors on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, on such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

(2)      The minimum qualifications necessary for appointment to the post of the Controller of Examinations shall be as may be prescribed.

(3)      The Controller of Examinations shall be a full-time officer of the University and shall be responsible for all matters connected with the conduct of examinations and perform such other duties as may be prescribed.

(4)      The Controller of Examinations shall be appointed for a renewable term of three years:

Provided that the Board of Governors may, on the advice of the Vice-Chancellor, terminate the appointment of the Controller of Examinations on grounds of inefficiency or misconduct in accordance with prescribed procedure.

16.   Authorities.--(1) The following shall be the Authorities of the University, namely:--

(a)      the Board of Governors;

(b)      the Syndicate;

(c)      the Academic Council;

(d)      the Board of Studies; and

(e)      such other authorities as may be constituted by the Board of Governors.

(2)  The Board of Governors, the Syndicate and the Academic Council may set up such other committees or sub-committees, by whatever name described, as are considered appropriate and desirable through Statutes or Regulations. Such committees or sub-committees shall be Authorities of the University for the purposes of this Act.

17.   Board of Governors.--(1) The governance and control of the affairs of the University, and the power to lay down the policies of the University shall vest in a Board of Governors and shall consist of,--

(a)      Pro-Chancellor who shall be ex-officio chairman of the Board of Governors;

(b)      Adjutant General, General Headquarters:

(c)      Surgeon General, Director General Medical Services (Inter Services) Medical Directorate;

(d)      Vice-Chancellor.

(e)      Pro-Vice-Chancellor;

(f)       Secretary Ministry of Health Services, Regulations and Coordination Government of Pakistan (or a nominee not less than a Joint Secretary);


(g)      Secretary, Ministry of Finance, Government of Pakistan (or a nominee not less than a Joint Secretary);

(h)      Secretary Ministry of Defence (or a nominee not less than a Joint Secretary);

(i)       Chairman, Haider Education Commission (or a nominee not less than a Executive Director or Director General);

(j)       President, Pakistan Medical and Dental Council (or a nominee not less than the Secretary);

(k)      Chairperson. Pakistan Medical Research Council;

(l)       four persons from society at large being persons of distinction in the fields of administration, management, education, academics, law, accountancy, medicine, science and technology such that the appointment of these persons reflects a balance across the various fields:

          Provided that the special focus or affiliation of the University, to be declared in the manner prescribed, may be reflected in the number of persons of distinction in an area of expertise relevant to the University who are appointed to the Board of Governors;

(m)     one person from amongst the alumni of the University;

(n)      two persons from the academic community of the country, other than employees of the University, at the level of professor or principal of a college: and

(o)      three University Teachers.

(2)      Co-opted Members (on as required basis without voting rights).

(a)      General Officers of General Headquarters as designated by the Chief of Army Staff; and

(b)      Director General, Joint Staff Headquarters.

(4)      The numbers of the members of the Board of Governors specified in clauses (1) to (o) of Sub-section (1) may be increased by the Board of Governors through Statutes subject to condition that the total membership of the Board of Governors does not exceed twenty one, with a maximum of five University Teachers and the increase is balanced, to the extent possible, across different categories specified in sub-section (1).

(5)      All appointments to the Board of Governors shall be made by the Chancellor.

(6)      Appointments of persons specified in clauses (1) to (o) of sub-section (1) shall be made from amongst a panel of three names for each vacancy recommended by the Representation Committee set up in terms of Section 23 and in accordance with procedure as may be prescribed:

Provided that effort shall be made, without compromising on quality or qualification, to give fair representation to women on the Board of Governors:

Provided that as regards the University Teachers described in Clause (o) of sub-section (1) the Board of Governors shall prescribe a procedure for appointment on the basis of elections that provide for voting by the various categories of University Teachers.

(7)      The Chairman of the Board of Governors may, in consultation with the Board of Governors, appoint any other person including a medical scientist or educationist as member of the Board of Governors.

(8)      The existence of a vacancy in, or defect in the constitution of. The Board of Governors, shall not invalidate any act or proceedings of the Board of Governors.

(9)      The Board of Governors may direct any officer, member of faculty or any other person to be in attendance during all or any of its meeting or any part of the meeting.

(10)  The members of the Board of Governors, other than the Vice-Chancellor, shall hold office for a term of three years and shall be eligible for re-appointment on the expiry of their term:

Provided that, in the case of the first Board of Governors constituted under this Act, one-third of the members for the time being, other than the Vice Chancellor, to be determined by lot, shall retire from office on the expiration of one year from such constitution, one-half of the remaining members, to be determined by lot shall retire from office on the expiration of two years from such constitution and the remaining one half shall retire from office on the expiration of the third year.

(11) The office of a member of the Board of Governors shall become vacant if he resigns or fails to attend three consecutive meetings of the Board without sufficient cause or leave of absence, or if his nomination is changed by the person nominating him.

(12)  A causal vacancy in the office of a member of the Board shall be filled by a person nominated by the person or body who had nominated the member whose vacancy is to be filled.

(13)  The Board of Governors shall exercise and perform the powers and functions hereinafter specified, namely:--

(a)      to hold, control and administer the property, funds and resources of the University and to borrow or raise money for the purposes of the University upon such security as may be required;

(b)      to formulate or approve the principles, policies and plans governing the activities and operations of the University so as to ensure that the academic staff enjoy academic freedom in their research and educational work;

(c)      to prepare or have prepared and revised from time to time the statutes, rules and regulations for the efficient and effective operation of the University;

(d)      to review and approve the creation of any standing component of the University, such as faculties, colleges, programmes, institutes, hospitals, standing committees and councils and other administrative bodies necessary to assist or improve the working of the University;

(e)      to approve the plans of work and annual budget of the University submitted by the Director Finance, the budget being based on the budget prepared and submitted by the University itself and by the constituent or affiliated college or institute institution centre hospital;

(f)       to require of, and consider reports submitted by the officers of the University relating to the activities of the University and the execution of the plans of work and to direct the Vice-Chancellor to submit reports relating to any matter specified by the Board of Governors;

(g)      to create such academic or administrative posts as it may consider necessary for the purposes of the University and to approve appointments to such of these posts as it may specify, including the posts of deans, directors, professors, associate professors, assistant professors, lecturers and demonstrators;

(h)      to select and appoint, all administrative and academic staff of the University;

(i)       to fix the scales of pay, allowances and honoraria for all the staff, both academic and administrative, commensurate with their qualification and experience, in order to attract the best talent from within and outside Pakistan for the University;

(j)       to undertake responsibility for the financial integrity of the University including responsibility for ensuring effectiveness of its future operations and their continuity and the preservation of the autonomy of the University;

(k)      to approve all affiliations and other similar arrangements through which colleges, institutions, hospitals or individuals may become, associated with the University from within Pakistan and abroad;

(l)       to appoint from amongst its members such committees or sub-committees as may in the opinion of the Board of Governors lead to its more efficient and effective operations; and

(m)     to take all such initiatives as it may consider necessary or desirable for the efficient and effective management and functioning of the University.

(14)    The Board of Governors shall lay down its own rules of procedures and may amend or modify them from time to time.

(15)    The Board of Governors may delegate all or any of its powers and functions to a committee, sub-committee or to the Vice-Chancellor.

(16)    The Board of Governors shall not start functioning until the Chairman and the members to be nominated by the Pro-Chancellor have been nominated and no act or proceeding of the Board shall be invalid by reason only of the existence of a vacancy in, or defect in the constitution of, the Board of Governors.

18.  Meetings of the Board of Governors, etc.--(1) The Board of Governors shall meet at least twice a year for regular or scheduled meetings and may meet at any other time at which a special meeting thereof may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Governors or requisitioned in writing by not less than four members of the Board of Governors.

(2)      Not less than ten clear days’ notice of a special meeting shall be given to the members of the Board of Governors and the agenda of the meeting shall be restricted to the matters specified in the agenda to be annexed to such notice.

(3)      The quorum for a meeting of the Board of Governors shall be one-half of its members, a fraction being counted as one.

(4)      The decisions of the Board of Governors shall be expressed in terms of the views of the majority of the members present and voting and, if the members are equally divided, the Chairman shall have and exercise a second or casting vote.

19.   Syndicate.--(1) The Syndicate shall comprise the following, namely:--

(a)      Vice-Chancellor who shall be the Chairman of the Syndicate;

(b)      Pro-Vice-Chancellor;

(c)      Deputy Surgeon General, Medical Directorate;

(d)      Director Generals;

(e)      Nominee from Higher Education Commission not less than Director General;

(f)       Principals constituent or affiliated colleges;

(g)      Commandants of institutes or, institutions, centers or hospitals etc., as may be required;

(h)      Deans of Faculties of the University;

(i)       three professors from different departments, who are not members of the Board of Governors, to be elected by the University Teachers in accordance with procedure to be prescribed by the Board of Governors;

(j)       Directors as may be required;

(k)      Registrar;

(l)       Treasurer; and

(m)     Controller of Examination.

(2)      The Board of Governors may include any other person as member of the as it may deem appropriate.

(3)      The Principals, Commandants and Deans otherwise not members shall, whenever invited, attend the meetings of the Syndicate.

(4)      The Syndicate shall act as an advisory as well as an implementing body for the decisions of the Board of Governors on all matters relating to the conduct of examinations, revision and updating of course syllabi, quality of education, and duration of all courses including conduct of postgraduate classes in specified disciplines.

20.  Powers and duties of the Syndicate.--(1) The Syndicate shall be the executive body of the University and shall, subject to the provisions of the Act and the Statutes, exercise general supervision ever the affairs and management of the University.

(2)  The Syndicate shall have the following powers, namely:--

(i)       consider the annual report, the annual and revised budget estimates and to submit these to the Board of Governors;

(ii)      recommend allocation of training and research fund to the Colleges, Institutes, institutions, centres, hospitals;

(iii)     transfer and accept transfer of movable property on behalf of the University;

(iv)     enter into, very, carry out and cancel contracts on behalf of the University;

(v)      cause proper books of account to be kept for all sums of money received and expended by the University and for the assets and liabilities of the University;

(vi)     invest any money belonging to the University including any unapplied income in any of the securities described in Section 20 of the Trusts Act, 1882 (II of 1882), or in the purchase of immovable property or in such other manner, as it may prescribe, with the like power of varying such investments;

(vii)    receive and manage any property transferred, and grants, bequests, trust, gifts, donations, endowments, and other contributions made to the University;

(viii)   administer any funds placed at the disposal of the University for specified purposes;

(ix)     provide the buildings, libraries, premises, furniture, apparatus, equipment and other means required for carrying out the work of the University;

(x)      establish and maintain halls of residence and hostels or approve or license hostels or lodgings for the residence of students;

(xi)     recommend to the Board of Governors affiliation or disaffiliation of colleges;

(xii)    recommend to the Board of Governors admission of educational institutions to the privileges of the University and withdraw such privileges;

(xiii)   arrange for the inspection of colleges and the departments;

(xiv)   institute Professorships, Associate Professorships, Assistant Professorships, Lectureships, and other teaching posts or to suspend or to abolish such posts;

(xv)    create, suspend or abolish such administrative or other posts as may be necessary;

(xvi)   prescribe the duties of officers, teachers and other employees of the University;

(xvii)  report to the Board of Governors on matters with respect to which it has been asked to report;

(xviii) appoint members to various Authorities in accordance with the provisions of the Act;

(xix)   propose drafts of Statutes for submission to the Board of Governors;

(xx)    regulate the conduct and discipline of the students of the University;

(xxi)   take actions necessary for the good administration of the University in general and to this end exercise such powers as are necessary;

(xxii)  delegate any of its powers to any Authority or officer or a committee;

(xxiii) perform such other functions as have been assigned to it by the provisions of the Act or may be assigned to it by the Statutes;

(xxiv) delineate priorities for research;

(xxv)  recommend apportioning of the national research and development budget for the University;

(xxvi) guide and direct the Board of Studies of each college and institute on all matters relating to the academics, including syllabi and duration of various courses;

(xxvii) recommend disciplines for all academic studies in the colleges, institutions, institutes, centres, hospitals and help in creation of necessary infrastructure for the same;

(xxviii) help induct highly competent scientific and technical talent into the faculty of each College to enhance the quality of education and research;

(xxix) recommend such measures which would foster and enhance interaction and collaboration between the University and the existing national and international organizations, institutions and research centres and the industrial base:

(xxx)  workout and propose affiliation measures with foreign institutions of repute;

(xxxi) coordinate with relevant Government Ministries. Universities and Higher Education Commission;

(xxxii) propose statutes to the Board of Governors for approval; and

(xxxiii) prepare regulations for approval by the Board of Governors.

21.  Academic Council.--(1) There shall be an Academic Council of the University consisting of the following, namely:--

(a)      the Vice-Chancellor who shall be its Chairman:

(b)      the Deans of Faculties or Commandants and such Heads of departments as may be required;

(c)      Director General Medicine;

(d)      Director General Surgery;

(e)      Director Academics Higher Education Commission;

(f)       five members representing the departments, institutes, hospitals and the constituent colleges as may be prescribed by the Board of Governors;

(g)      Principals of the constituent or affiliated colleges;

(h)      three Professors including Emeritus Professors;

(i)       the Registrar;

(j)       the Controller of Examinations; and

(k)      the Librarian.

(2)      The Board of Governors shall appoint the members of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor:

Provided that as regards the five professors and the members representing the departments, institutes and the constituent colleges the Board of Governors may, as an alternative to elections, prescribe a procedure for proposal of a panel of names by the Representation Committee set up in terms of Section 23. Appointment of persons proposed by the Representation Committee may be made by the Board of Governors on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor.

(3)      The members of the Academic Council shall hold office for three years.

(4)      The Academic Council shall meet at least once in each quarter.

(5)      The quorum for meetings of the Academic Council shall be one-half of the total number of members, a fraction being counted as one.

22. Powers and functions of the Academic Council.--(1) The Academic Council shall be the principal academic body of the University and shall, subject to the provisions of the Act and the Statutes have the power to lay down proper standards of instruction, research and examinations and to regulate and promote the academic life of the University and the colleges.

(2)  The Academic Council shall have the power to,--

(a)      approve the policies and procedures pertaining to the quality of academic programmes;

(b)      approve academic programmes;

(c)      approve the policies and procedures pertaining to student related functions including admissions, expulsions, punishments, examinations and certification;

(d)      help the Vice-Chancellor in evaluating, proposing and coordinating research and development projects and respective institutes, colleges and hospitals;

(e)      approve the policies and procedures assuring quality of teaching and research;

(f)       recommend the policies and procedures for affiliation of other educational institutions;

(g)      propose to the Syndicate schemes for the constitution and organization of Faculties, teaching departments and boards of studies;

(h)      appoint paper setters and examiners for all examinations of the University after receiving panels of names from the relevant authorities;

(i)       institute programmes for the continued professional development of University Teachers at all levels:

(j)       recognize the examinations of other Universities or examining bodies as equivalent to the corresponding examinations of the University;

(k)      regulate the award of studentships, scholarships, exhibitions, medals and prizes;

(l)       frame Regulations for submission to the Board of Governors;

(m)     prepare an annual report on the academic performance of the University; and

(n)      perform such functions as may be prescribed by Regulations.

23.  Representation Committee.--(1) There shall be a Representation Committee constituted by the Board of Governors through Statute for recommendation of persons for appointment to the Board of Governors in accordance with the provisions of Section 17.

(2)      There shall also be a Representation Committee constituted by the Board of Governors through Statute for the recommendation of persons for appointment to the Syndicate and the Academic Council in accordance with the provisions of Sections 19 and 21.

(3)      Members of the Representation Committee for appointments to the Board of Governors shall consist of the following, namely:--

(a)      three members of the Board of Governors who are not University Teachers;

(b)      two persons nominated by the University Teachers from amongst themselves in the manner prescribed;

(c)      one person from the academic community, not employed by the University, at the level of professor or college principal to be nominated by the University Teachers in the manner prescribed; and

(d)      one eminent citizen with experience in administration, philanthropy, development work, law or accountancy to be nominated by the Board of Governors.

(4)      The Representation Committee for appointments to the Syndicate and the Academic Council shall consist of the following:--

(a)      two members of the Board of Governors who are not University Teachers; and

(b)      three persons nominated by the University Teachers from amongst themselves in the manner prescribed.

(5)      The tenure of the Representation Committees shall be three years. No member shall serve for more than two consecutive terms.

(6)      The procedures of the Representation Committees shall be as may be prescribed.

(7)      There may also be such other Representation Committees set up by any of the other Authorities of the University as are considered appropriate for recommending persons for appointment to the various Authorities and other bodies of the University.

24.   Board of Studies.--(1) There shall be a Board of Studies for each Faculty or constituent or affiliated college or institute comprising of following, namely:--

(a)      Dean or Commandant who shall be its Chairman;

(b)      Chairpersons of the Departments;

(c)      Deputy Dean in case Commandant or Principal is Dean;

(d)      selected teaching staff; and

(e)      a representative of the University.

(2)      The Board of Studies shall--

(a)      implement the decisions of the Board of Governors and the Syndicate on all matters relating to academic standards, examinations and research;

(b)      ensure feedback of the implemented measures on research and academic matters;

(c)      workout and report to the Vice-Chancellor details of research funding required; and

(d)      formulate academic proposals to be submitted to the Syndicate or Vice-Chancellor for consideration or appropriate decision.

25.   Appointment of committees by certain Authorities.--(1) The Board of Governors, the Syndicate, the Academic Council and other Authorities may, from time to time, appoint such standing, special or advisory committees, as they may deem fit, and may place on such committee persons who are not members of the Authorities appointing the Committees.

(2)  The constitution, functions and powers of the Authorities for which no specific provision has been made in this Act shall be such as may be prescribed by Statutes or Regulations.

26.   Academic and administrative staff.--(1) The academic and administrative staff of the University shall be selected with a view to achieving its stated objectives and the basic criteria for their selection shall be the highest standards of competence, integrity and efficiency.

(2)  The academic staff of the University shall enjoy freedom of expression in their research and educational work to achieve the objectives of the University.

27.   University funds, audit and accounts.--(1) The University shall have a Fund to which shall be credited all direct donations, trusts, bequests, endowments, grants, proportionate budget from the Government, assistance from international agencies, contributions, shares of fee, and income from any other sources which shall be under the control of the Board of Governors.

(2)      The Affiliated Colleges shall continue to receive their finances from the annual budget from their respective service headquarters or ministries.

(3)      Capital and recurrent expenditure of the University shall be met from the allocation made by the Board of Governors out of the University Fund.

(4)      No contribution, donation or grant which may directly or indirectly involve any immediate or subsequent financial liability for the University or which may involve an activity not included in its programmes shall be accepted without prior approval of the Board of Governors.

(5)      The accounts of the University shall be maintained in such manner as may be determined by the Board of Governors and each year within six months of the closing of the financial year of the University, the annual audited report shall be prepared in conformity with the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles by a Chartered Accountant appointed by the Board of Governors and submitted to the Auditor General Pakistan Revenues.

(6)      The accounts, together with the report of the auditor, shall be submitted to the Board of Governors for approval.

28.   Pension, insurance, gratuity, provident fund and benevolent fund.--(1) The University shall constitute for the benefit of its officers, teachers and other employees in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed such pension, insurance, gratuity, provident fund and benevolent fund and other welfare schemes as it may deem fit.

(2)  Where any provident fund has been constituted under this Act, the provisions of the Provident Fund Act, 1925 (XIX of 1925), shall apply to such fund as if it were the Government Provident Fund.

29.   Statutes.--(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act. Statutes may be made to regulate or prescribe all or any of the following matters namely:--

(a)      creation of the colleges, institutes, hospitals and faculties:

(b)      service, pension and fringe benefits for University employees and terms and conditions of their service;

(c)      condition of appointment of Professors Emeritus and award of honorary degrees;

(d)      efficiency and discipline of the University employees; and

(e)      all other matters required to be regulated by statutes.

(2)      Draft of the statutes shall be proposed by the Syndicate for approval by the Board of Governors which any approve them or refer them back for reconsideration.

(3)      No statute shall be valid until it has been approved by the Board of Governors.

30.   Regulations.--(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the Statutes, the Syndicate may prepare regulations for all or any of the following matters, namely:--

(a)      scheme of studies and research including the duration of courses, number of subjects or papers for examination;

(b)      syllabi and courses of study and research programmes leading to degrees, diplomas or certificates;

(c)      methodology for selection and admission of students;

(d)      conduct and supervision of examination, appointment of examiners and scrutiny and tabulation of results;

(e)      determination of fees and other charges for admission to various courses;

(f)       maintenance of disciplines among-students and scheme for their welfare;

(g)      institution of fellowships, scholarships, prizes and medals, honorarium and other financial assistance to students and research scholars;


(h)      conduct of convocations and form of academic costumes; and

(i)       all other academic matters which are to be or may be prescribed.

(2)      The regulations shall be approved by the Board of Governors on recommendations of the committee;

(3)      No regulation shall be valid until it has been approved by the Board of Governors.

31.   Indemnity.--No suit, prosecution or other legal proceedings shall lie against the University or any Authority, officer or employee of the Government or the University or any person in respect of anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done under this Act.

32.   Removal of difficulties.--(1) If any question arises as to the interpretation of any of the provisions of the Act, it shall be placed before the Board of Governors whose decision thereon will be final;

(2)      If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any provision of this Act the Board of Governors may make such order to direction, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Order, as may appear to it to be necessary for the purpose of removing such difficulty.

(3)      Where this Act makes any provision for anything to be done but no provision or no sufficient provision has been made as respects the authority by whom, or the time at which, or the manner in which it shall be done, then, it shall be done by such authority at such time or in such manner as the Board of Governors;

---------------------------

ACT NO. XVIII OF 2015

STATE BANK OF PAKISTAN (AMENDMENT)
ACT, 2015

An Act further to amend the State Bank of Pakistan Act, 1956

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, 21st November, 2015]

No. F. 22(6)/2014-Legis.--The following Act of Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) received the assent of the President on the 17th November, 2015 and is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient further to amend the State Bank of Pakistan Act, 1956 (XXXIII of 1956) for the purposes hereinafter appearing;

It is hereby enacted as follows:--

1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) This Act may be called the State Bank of Pakistan (Amendment) Act, 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once.

2.     Amendment of Section 2, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the State Bank of Pakistan Act, 1956 (XXXIII of 1956), hereinafter referred to as the said Act, in Section 2,--

(a)      Clause (a) shall be omitted;

(b)      in Clause (e) and in subsequent provisions of the said Act, for the words “Central Board”, wherever occurring, the word “Board” shall be substituted;

(c)      clauses (h) and (j) shall be omitted;

(d)      in Clause (k), for the words “a Local Board”, the words “the Monitory Policy Committee” shall be substituted;

(e)      in Clause (1),--

(i)       the words “and one-rupee notes” shall be omitted; and (ii) for the word “are” the word “is” shall be substituted;

(f)       in Clause (O), for full stop a semicolon and the word “; and” shall be substituted; and

(g)      after Clause (O), amended as aforesaid, the following new clause shall be added, namely:--

“(p)     “Monetary Policy Committee” means the Monetary Policy Committee established under Section 9D.”.

3.     Substitution of Section 4, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, for Section 4, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“4.    Share capital.--(1) The capital of the Bank shall be one hundred million Rupees, which shall be fully subscribed, paid-up and held exclusively by the Federal Government and shall not be transferable or subject to encumbrance.

(2)      The capital may be increased by a resolution of the Board subject to the approval of the Federal Government and no reduction of the capital shall be permitted at any time.

(3)      The nominal value, issue price, the manner in which the new shares may be issued and allotted and their assignment to the register of shareholders shall be determined by the Board.”

4.     Omission of Sections 5, 6 and 7, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, Sections 5, 6 and 7 shall be omitted.

5.       Amendment of Section 8, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 8, in sub-section (2) for the word “Federal Government” the word “Board” shall be substituted.

6.     Amendment of Section 8A, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 8A.--

(a)      in Clause (c), the word “and”, occurring at the end, shall be omitted;

(b)      the existing Clause (d) shall be re-numbered as Clause (e); and

(c)      after Clause (c), amended as aforesaid, the following new clause shall be inserted, namely:--

“(d)    for protection of depositors or establishment of a deposit protection fund; and”;

7.     Amendment of Section 9, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 9, in sub-section (1), after the brackets and the figure “(1), the expression “Subject to Section 9D,” shall be inserted.

8.     Substitution of Section 9A, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, for Section 9A, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“9A.  Functions and responsibilities of the Board.--(1) The Board, with the exception of the powers entrusted to the Monetary Policy Committee, shall perform the following functions, namely:--

(a)      to define and determine policies of the Bank regarding the execution of its functions, and approve internal rules for their implementation; and

(b)      oversee foreign exchange reserve management and approve strategic investment and risk policy.

(2)  The Board shall submit a quarterly report to the Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) on the state of economy with special reference to economic growth, money supply, credit, balance of payment and price development.”

9.     Amendment of Section 9B, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 9B, in sub-section (6), for the word “constituency” the word “consistency” shall be substituted.

10.   Amendment of Section 9C, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 9C, in sub-section (2), for the word “eight” the word “twelve” shall be substituted.

11.   Insertion of new sections, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, after Section 9C, amended as aforesaid, the following new Sections shall be inserted, namely:--

“9D.  Establishment of Monetary Policy Committee.--(1) There shall be a Monetary Policy Committee consisting of--

(a)      Governor, or in his absence, a Deputy
Governor nominated by him         Chairperson

(b)      three senior executives of the Bank
to be nominated by the Governor  Members

(c)      three members of the Board, to be
nominated by the Board    Members

(d)      three external members, who shall
be economist, to be appointed by
the Federal Government on
recommendation of the Board.      Members

(2)      The external members of the Monetary Policy Committee shall be appointed for a period of three years and shall be eligible for re-appointment for another term of three years.

(3)      The provisions of Sections 13 and 15 shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to external members of the Monetary Policy Committee.

(4)      The services of a member of the Monetary Policy Committee shall be terminated or a member shall be removed from the Monetary Policy Committee in accordance with the procedure laid down in Section 15 for removal of a member on the following grounds, namely:--

(a)      when that member becomes ineligible to serve on the Monetary Policy Committee pursuant to application of sub-section (3); or

(b)      to whom grounds for removal of the members of the Board or termination of their appointments apply; or

(c)      when that member contravenes the regulations of procedure of the Monetary Policy Committee.

(5)      The Board may make regulations of procedure of the Monetary Policy Committee.

(6)      All recommendations of the Monetary Policy Committee shall be taken by majority of members present and voting and in the event of equality of votes, the Chairperson may exercise a casting vote.

9E. Powers and functions of Monetary Policy Committee.--The Monetary Policy Committee shall, without prejudice to its powers and functions and those of the Bank, support the general economic policies of the Federal Government and shall--

(a)      formulate, support and recommend the monetary policy, including, as appropriate, decisions relating to intermediate monetary objectives, key interest rates and the supply of reserves in Pakistan and may make regulations for their implementation;

(b)      approve and issue the monetary policy statement and other monetary policy measures;

(c)      perform any other functions conferred on it by law; and

(d)      carry out any ancillary activities incidental to the exercise of its functions under this Act.”

12.   Amendment of Section 10, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act in Section 10, in sub-section (2), the words “or by the Bank in general meeting” shall be omitted.

13.   Omission of Sections 11 and 12, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, Sections 11 and 12 shall be omitted.

14.   Amendment of Section 13, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act in Section 13,--

(a)      in sub-section (1),--

(i)       Clause (g) shall be omitted;

(ii)      for Clause (h), the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“(h)    who absents himself from three consecutive meetings of the Board of Monetary Policy Committee without leave from the Board or Monetary Policy Committee, as the case may be.”;

(b)      in sub-section (2), the word, brackets and letter “and (g)” shall be omitted; and

(c)      sub-section (3), shall be omitted.

15.   Amendment of Section 14, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 14, for sub-section (I), the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“(1)     The Directors appointed under Clause (c) of sub-section (2) of Section 9 shall hold office for three years.”.

16.   Amendment of Section 15, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 15,--

(a)      in sub-section (2), for the words “An elected” the letter “A” shall be substituted;

(b)      in sub-section (3), in Clause (c), after the letter “A”, the words “director or” shall be inserted;

(c)      in sub-section (4), for the words “nominated or elected” the word “appointed” shall be substituted;

(d)      in sub-section (5),--

(i)       for the words “nominated directors or members” the words “appointed directors” shall be substituted; and

(ii)      for the words and comma “nominating another director or member, as the case may be” the words “appointing another director” shall be substituted; and

(e)      sub-section (6) shall be omitted.

17.   Omission of Section 16, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, Section 16 shall be omitted.

18.   Amendment of Section 17, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 17, after Clause (I), the following new Clause (1A) shall be inserted, namely:--

“(1A)  hold and manage the international reserves of Pakistan

19.   Insertion of new sections, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, after Section 17F, the following new Sections shall be inserted, namely:--

“17G.        Lender of last resort.--Where the circumstances so warrant and a scheduled bank approaches the Bank for financial facility to improve its liquidity and where the bank, in the opinion of the Bank, is solvent and can provide adequate collateral to support the financial facility, the Bank may provide the financial facility, in accordance with the regulations made by the Bank in relation thereto.

17H. Regulatory powers.--(1) The Bank shall have power to issue such directives, instructions and regulations in whatsoever form as may be necessary for carrying out the functions of the Bank under this Act or any other law and shall be binding and enforceable.

(2)      The Bank may take any enforcement action including imposition and collection of pecuniary penalties upon legal and natural persons for contravention of this Act, any law being administered by the Bank and exercise of any power under sub-section (1).”

20.   Amendment of Section 18, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 18, in sub-section (2), for the word “Board”, the words “Monetary Policy Committee”, shall be substituted.

21.  Substitution of Section 19, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, for Section 19, the following shall be substituted, namely:-

“19.  Declaration of approved foreign exchange.--The Board may declare the currency of any country or any monetary unit of account to be approved foreign exchange for all or any of the purposes of this Act.”

22.  Amendment of Section 20, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 20, in sub-section (3A), after the word “or”, occurring first the words and comma “for the purposes of use for Shariah compliant instruments,” shall be inserted.

23.   Amendment of Section 30, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 30, in sub-section (1), in Clause (a), for the words “as the Federal Government, in consultation with the Bank, may, by notification in the official Gazette”, the words “Board may” shall be substituted.

24.   Amendment of Section 31, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 31, for the words “Federal Government”, the word “Board” shall be substituted.

25.   Amendment in Section 40, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 40,--

(a)      for sub-section (1), the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“(1)     The Bank shall prepare and transmit to the Federal Government a weekly account of the Bank in such form as the Board may decide. The Federal Government shall cause these accounts to be published weekly in the official Gazette.”; and

(b)      sub-section (3) shall be omitted.

26.   Substitution of Section 42, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, for Section 42 the following shall be substituted, namely:-

“42.  Allocation of surplus.--After making provision for bad and doubtful debts, depreciation in assets, contributions to staff and superannuation funds, such other contingencies or appropriations as are usually provided for by Central Banks in matters respecting unrealized gains on foreign exchange reserves, properties, gold, long-term investments and other similar assets and certain losses directly charged to equity of the Bank, there shall be paid to the shareholders out of the net annual profit a dividend on the shares at a rate to be fixed by the Federal Government, from time to time. Any surplus remaining thereafter shall be paid to the Federal Government.”.

27.   Substitution of Section 43, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, for Section 43 the following shall be substituted, namely:-

“43.  Auditors.--(1) The Board shall not appoint less than two auditors and the remuneration of such auditors shall be fixed by the Board. A director of the Board or external member of the Monetary Policy Committee or other officer of the Bank shall not be eligible during his continuance in office to be so appointed or for a period of one year after leaving his office. Any auditor so appointed shall, on vacating office, be eligible for re-appointment.

(2)      All auditors appointed under this section shall be, and continue to act as, auditors for the period as may be decided by the Board.”.

28.   Amendment of Section 45, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 45, in sub-section (2),--

(a)      for the word “shareholders”, wherever occurring, the word “Board” shall be substituted;

(b)      after the words “drawn up” the words “in accordance with the policies adopted by the Bank” shall be inserted; and


(c)      for the word “correct” the word “fair” shall be substituted.

29.   Amendment of Section 51, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 51, for the words “or a Local Board” the words “or the Monetary Policy Committee” shall be substituted.

30.   Amendment of Section 54, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, in Section 54, in sub-section (2),--

(a)      clauses (a),(b),(c),(d),(e),(g) and (s) shall be omitted; and

(b)      in Clause (f), for the words “Central Board, Executive Committee and Local Board and committees of the Central and Local Boards”, the words “Board and Committees of the Board” shall be substituted.

31.   Omission of the Schedule, Act XXXIII of 1956.--In the said Act, the Schedule shall be omitted.

------------------------------

ACT NO. XIX OF 2015

PAKISTAN ARMY (AMENDMENT) ACT, 2015

An Act further to amend the Pakistan Army Act, 1952

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, 21st November, 2015]

No. F. 22(24)/2015-Legis.--The following Act of Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) received the assent of the President on the 17th November, 2015 and is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS, it is expedient further to amend the Pakistan Army Act, 1952 (XXXIX of 1952), for the purpose hereinafter appearing;

It is hereby enacted as follows:--

1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) This Act may be called the Pakistan Army (Amendment) Act. 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once.

2.  Amendment of Section 2, Act XXXIX of 1952.--In the Pakistan Army Act, 1952 (XXXIX of 1952).--

(a)      in Section 2, in sub-section (1), in Clause (d), in sub-Clause (iv), in the second proviso, for the full stop at the end a colon shall be substituted and after the second proviso amended as aforesaid the following new proviso shall be added, namely:--

          “Provided further that notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or any other law for the time being in force, any person arrested, detained or held in custody by the armed forces, civil armed forces or law enforcement agencies and kept under arrest, custody or detention before the coming into force of the Pakistan Army (Amendment)Act, 2015 (Act II of 2015) shall be deemed to have been arrested or detained pursuant to the provisions of this Act as amended by the Pakistan Army (Amendment) Act, 2015 (Act II of 2015) if the offence in respect of which such arrest or detention was made also constitutes an offence referred to in sub-Clause (iii) or sub-Clause (iv):

          Provided further that no suit, prosecution or other legal proceedings shall lie against any person in respect of anything which is in good faith done or intended to be done under sub-Clause (iii) or sub-Clause (iv).”;

(b)      after Section 2B, the following new section shall be inserted, namely:--

          “2C Protection to Witnesses, President, Members of the Court, Defending Officers, Prosecutors and persons concerned with Court proceedings.--The convening authority or the Court constituted under this Act may, make such orders or take such measures, like sitting in camera, not publishing the names of Court officials etc, as it deems fit, within available resources, for the protection of witnesses, President, members, prosecutors, defending officers and other persons concerned in Court proceedings for an offence under this Act, as may be prescribed.”

---------------------------

ACT NO. XX OF 2015

CANTONMENTS (AMENDMENT) ACT, 2015

An Act to amend the Cantonments Ordinance, 2002

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, 9th December, 2015]

No. F. 22 (25)/2015-Legis.--The following Act of Majlis-e-Shoora (Parliament) received the assent of the President on the 6th December, 2015 and is hereby published for general information:--

WHEREAS it is expedient to amend the Cantonments Ordinance, 2002 (CXXXVII of 2002), for the purposes hereinafter appearing;


It is hereby enacted as follows:--

1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) This Act may be called the Cantonments (Amendment) Act, 2015.

(2)  It shall come into force at once.

2.     Substitution of Section 10, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the Cantonments Ordinance, 2002 (CXXXVII of 2002), hereinafter referred to as the said Ordinance, for Section 10, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“10.  Local area.--For the purposes of this Ordinance local area shall be the whole, of cantonment.”.

3.     Substitution of Section 11, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, for Section 11, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“11.  Delimitation of wards of a cantonment.--(1) The Election Commission shall delimit a cantonment into wards in such a way that the number of wards is equal to the number of members to be elected on general seats of a Cantonment Board specified under Section 13 A of the Cantonments Act; 1924 (II of 1924).

(2)      For the purposes of delimitation of wards of a cantonment,--

(a)      a ward shall consist of a village or revenue estate or census block or adjoining census blocks as determined for purposes of the last preceding census or delimited and notified as such by the Election Commission;

(b)      the boundaries, of a ward shall not cross the limits of the cantonment; and

(c)      the population of wards within a cantonment shall, as far as possible, be uniform.

(3)      The wards of a cantonment shall be delimited in accordance with this Ordinance and the rules made thereunder. As far as possible, principles of delimitation as laid down under the Delimitation of Constituencies Act, 1974 (XXXIV of 1974), the rules made thereunder or any other law for the time being in force shall be followed.”.

4.     Omission of Section 17, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, Section 17 shall be omitted.

5.     Substitution of Section 57, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, for Section 57, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“57.  Franchise.--(1) The election of members to be elected on general seats of a Board shall be held on the basis of single member constituency and adult franchise through secret ballot.

(2)      Members to the seats reserved for women, peasants, youth, workers and non-Muslims shall be elected in the prescribed manner by members of the Board elected in accordance with sub-section (1).”.

6.  Amendment of Section 58, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, in Section 58,--

(a)      in sub-section (1),--

(i)       for the words “All elections to the Union Council and the Board shall be organized and conducted by the President according to”, the words “An election to a Board under this Ordinance shall be conducted by the Election Commission in accordance with the” shall be substituted; and

(ii)      the proviso shall be omitted;

(b)      after sub-section (1), amended as aforesaid, the following new sub-section shall be inserted and the existing sub-section (2) shall be re-numbered as sub-section (3), namely:--

“(2)     The Election Commission shall, on receipt of a request in writing from the Federal Government, issue a programme for the conduct of elections in the cantonment Boards and shall fix the dates for filing of nomination papers; scrutiny, allotment of symbols and poll, etc.”;

(c)      in sub-section (3), re-numbered as aforesaid, for the word “Government”, the words “Election Commission” shall be substituted; and

(d)      after sub-section (3), renumber and amended as aforesaid, the following new sub-Sections shall be added, namely:--

“(4)     The Election Commission shall appoint as many returning officers and assistant returning officers as it may deem necessary, from amongst its own officers, the Federal Government, the provincial Government or an entity controlled by such governments.

(5)      The Election Commission may issue any direction or instruction to carry out the effective implementation of the provisions of this Ordinance for the conduct of local government elections in the Cantonment Boards.”.

7.     Substitution of Section 59, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, for Section 59, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“59.  Indirect elections.--(1) Election to the seats reserved for women, peasants, youth, workers and non-Muslims shall immediately be held after the notification of the names of returned candidates on general seats.

(2)      The members against seats reserved for women, peasants, youth, workers and non-Muslims shall be elected through secret ballot by the directly elected members.

(3)      The elected members of a Board shall, amongst themselves, elect through secret ballot a vice-president of that Board”.

8.     Amendment of Section 60, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, in Section 60,--

(a)      in sub-section (1),--

(i)       after the word “elected”, the words “or to be chosen” shall be inserted;

(ii)      in Clause (c), after the word “ward”, the words and commas “and, in case for reserved seats, in any electoral area of that Board” shall be inserted;

(iii)     for Clause (d), the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“(d)    he is sagacious, righteous, non-profligate, honest and ameen, there being no declaration to the contrary by a Court of law;”;

(iv)     Clause (e) shall be omitted; (v) Clause (k) shall be omitted;

(vi)     in Clause (1), for the words “three months”, the words “two years” shall be substituted;

(vii)    in Clause (o), for the words “local government”, the word “Board” shall be substituted;

(viii)   in Clause (p), for the words” local government”, the word “Board” shall be substituted; and

(ix)     Clause (q) shall be omitted;

(c)      in sub-section (2),--

(i)       in Clause (a).--

(A)     for the word “President”, the words “Election Commission” shall be substituted; and

(B)     for the words “local government”, the words “Cantonment Board” shall be substituted; and

(ii)      in Clause (b),--

(A)     for the words “local government”, occurring for the first time, the words “a Cantonment Board” shall be substituted;

(B)     for the words “local government”, occurring for the second and third time, the words “Cantonment Board” shall be substituted; and

(C)     for the word “President”, the words “Election Commission” shall be substituted.

9.     Omission of Section 62, Ordinance CXXXVN of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, Section 62 shall be omitted.

10.   Substitution of Section 64, Ordinance CXXXVN of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, for Section 64, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“64.  Electoral rolls.--(1) The Election Commission shall prepare electoral rolls in accordance with the provisions of the Electoral Rolls Act, 1974 (XXI of 1974) and rules made thereunder, for the purposes of elections in the Cantonment Boards on general seats.

(2)      The Election Commission may issue directions to adjust the electoral rolls or cause to prepare an electoral roll for any area forming part of a Cantonment Board.”.

11.   Substitution of Section 67, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, for Section 67, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“67.  Term of office.--(1) Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, a member of a Board shall hold office for a period of four years from the date of oath:

          Provided that notwithstanding the expiry of his term, a member shall continue to function as member until the election or, as the case may be, nomination of his successor is notified under sub-section (5) of Section 13A of the Cantonments Act, 1924 (II of 1924).

(2)      The term of office of an ex-officio member of a Board shall continue so long as he holds the office by virtue of which he is such a member.

(3)      The term of office of a member elected through bye-elections held to fill a casual vacancy shall be the remaining period of that seat against which he has been elected.”.

12.   Amendment of Section 68, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, in Section 68,--

(a)      the word “elected” shall be omitted; and

(b)      the commas and words “Nazims, Naib Nazims” shall be omitted.

13.   Amendment of Section 69, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, in Section 69,--

(a)      in sub-section (1), the commas and words “,Nazims, Naib Nazims”, occurring twice, shall be omitted; and

(b)      in sub-section (3),--

(i)       for the words and commas “may order the removal of a member, Nazim, Naib Nazim or, as the case may Vice-President”, the words “shall submit the enquiry report along with his comments to the Election Commission for final decision through the Ministry of Defence” shall be substituted; and

(ii)      in the proviso,--

(A)     after the word “member”, the word “or” shall be inserted; and

(B)     the commas and words “,Nazims, Naib Nazims or, as the case may be,” shall be omitted.

14.   Substitution of Section 70, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, for Section 70, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“70.  Resignations of elected members.--(1) An elected member of the Board may resign from his office by writing under his hand addressed to the President, whereupon the resignation shall be deemed to have been accepted and effective forthwith.

(2)      Copies of all resignations under sub-section (1) shall be forwarded by the President to the Election Commission and the Federal Government.

(3)      Notwithstanding the resignation of a member under sub-section (1), the proceedings for his removal, if any, under Section 69 already initiated shall not abate.”.

15.   Amendment of Section 71, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, in Section 71,--

(a)      the words and commas “a Nazim, a Naib Nazim or a” shall be omitted;

(b)      after the word “removed” a-comma shall be inserted;

(c)      after the word “recalled”, the words “or disqualified” shall be inserted; and

(d)      for the word “local government” the word “Board” shall be substituted.

16.   Amendment of Section 72, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, in Section 72,--

(a)      for the word “Government”, the word “Election Commission” shall be substituted; and

(b)      for the commas and words “,Nazim, Naib Nazim,” the word “or” shall be substituted.

17.   Substitution of Section 87, Ordinance CXXXVII of 2002.--In the said Ordinance, for Section 87, the following shall be substituted, namely:--

“87.  Jurisdiction of Courts barred.--No Court shall question the legality of any action taken in good faith by or under the authority of the Election Commission, the Commissioner, a returning officer, presiding officer or an assistant presiding officer or any decision given by any of them or any other officer or authority appointed under this Ordinance or the rules made thereunder.”.


18.   Insertion of new sections.--In the said Ordinance, after Section 88, the following new Sections shall be inserted, namely:-

“88A.        Removal of difficulties.--(1) If any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the provisions in this chapter of this Ordinance as in force, the Election Commission may make such orders, directives or instructions for the removal of difficulty as it may deem fit.

(2)      The provision of this section shall come into force at once, notwithstanding sub-section (3) of Section 1.

88B. Overriding effect.--(1) The provisions of this Ordinance as amended by the Cantonments (Amendment) Ordinance, 2015 (VI of 2015) shall have effect, notwithstanding anything contained in the Cantonments Act, 1924 (II of 1924) or any other law for the time being in force.

(2)      The provision of this section shall come into force at once, notwithstanding sub-section (3) of section I.”.

-----------------------------

NOTIFICATION

COMPETITION APPELLATE TRIBUNAL
RULES, 2015

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, 4th August, 2015]

S. R. O. 749 (I)/2015.--In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (4) of Section 43 of the Competition Act, 2010 (XIX of 2010), the Competition Appellate Tribunal, in consultation with the Federal Government, hereby makes the following rules, namely:--

PART-I

PRELIMINARY

1.  Short title and commencement.--(1) These rules may be called the Competition Appellate Tribunal Rules, 2015.

(2)  They shall come into force at once.

2.  Definitions.--(1) In these rules, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,--

(a)      “Act” means the Competition Act, 2010 (XIX of 2010);

(b)      “appeal” means an appeal preferred under Section 42 of the Act;

(c)      “appellant” means a person who prefers an appeal before the Tribunal;

(d)      “authorized representative” means:

(i)       in relation to a company, a person who is either the chief executive or a director or secretary of the company or an advocate entitled to appear before High Court or a member of Institute of Chartered Accountants of Pakistan or Institute of Cost and Management Accountants and is duly authorized by the company to appear, plead and act on its behalf before the Tribunal;

(ii)      in relation to the Commission or any other officer of the Commission, an Officer authorized by the Commission to appear, plead and act before the Tribunal; and

(iii)     in relation to any other appellant or respondent, a person who is an advocate of High Court, or a member of Institute of Chartered Accountants of Pakistan or Institute of Cost and Management Accountants and is duly authorized by the appellant or respondent to appear, plead and act on his behalf before the Tribunal; or

(iv)     in relation to a director of the company, in addition to sub-Clause (iii) a director representing fellow appellants or respondents and is duly authorized by the appellant or respondent to appear, plead and act on his behalf before the Tribunal;

(e)      “bank challan” means an original receipt issued by one of the several bank branches which are for the time being authorized by the Tribunal for collection of the receipts;

(f)       “Chairperson” means Chairperson of the Tribunal;

(g)      “Commission” means the Competition Commission of Pakistan established under Section 12 of the Act;

(h)      “impugned order” means an order of the Commission comprising two or more members or of the Appellate Bench of the Commission against which an appeal is preferred under Section 42 of the Act;

(i)       “member” means member of the Tribunal;

(j)       “prescribed form” means the form specified in Schedule I to these rules;

(k)      “Registrar” means Registrar of the Tribunal and includes an officer of the Tribunal who is authorized by the chairperson to function as Registrar;

(l)       “Registry” means Registry of the Tribunal; and

(m)     “Tribunal” means Competition Appellate Tribunal constituted under Section 43 of the Act;

(2)      Words and expressions used in these rules, but not defined herein, shall have the same meanings as are assigned to them in the Act.

PART-II

APPEALS

3.  Procedure for filing appeal.--(1) A memorandum of appeal shall be presented in the Registry or shall be sent by registered post addressed to the Registrar in the form provided in Schedule I to these rules.

(2)      A memorandum of appeal sent by post shall be deemed to have been presented on the day it was received in the Registry.

(3)      Every memorandum of appeal shall be in four copies in addition to the copies of the respondents, each certified by the appellant or his authorized representative to be in conformity with the original accompanied by,--

(a)      a certified copy of impugned order;

(b)      where an appellant or respondent is represented by an authorized representative, the written authorization in his favour signed by the appellant or the respondent as the case may be:

          Provided that if for any reason the authorized representative appearing for the appellant or the respondent at the hearing of an appeal could not file authorization letter alongwith the memorandum of appeal, he shall file the same at any time before the commencement of hearing.

(c)      a copy of bank challan evidencing payment of fee as provided under Rule 29 of these rules;

(d)      all documents and evidence as annexed upon which the appellant/respondent rely in his pleadings.

(4)      The appellant shall not rely on any ground which is not stated in the notice of appeal during the hearing except with the permission of the Tribunal.

(5)      Every appeal, application, reply, representation or any document filed before the Tribunal shall be in English or Urdu and in case it is in some other language, it shall be accompanied by a copy translated in English or Urdu and shall be fairly and legibly typed written, or printed in double spacing on one side of standard petition paper duly paginated, indexed and stitched together in paper book form.

(6)      The Registrar, or, as the case may be the authorized officer shall diary the memorandum of appeal showing date of receipt and the signature of the recipient.

4.     Limitation for filing appeal.--(1) Every appeal shall be preferred within a period of sixty days from the date on which a certified copy of the impugned order is received by the appellant. For the purpose of reckoning period, the same shall be computed in accordance with Limitation Act, 1908:

Provided that the Tribunal may, upon an application filed in this behalf, entertain an appeal after the expiry of the said period of sixty days if it is satisfied that there was sufficient cause for not filing it within the prescribed period.

5.     Intimation of filing of appeal to the respondent.--The appellant shall, before filing an appeal, send a copy of memorandum and grounds of appeal to the respondents by registered post. A certificate to this effect shall be appended with the memorandum of appeal.

6.     Filing of affidavit.--Where a fact, which cannot be borne out by or is contrary to the record, is alleged, it shall be stated clearly and concisely by a duly sworn affidavit and shall have to be filed with the memorandum of appeal.

7.     Power to reject.--The Tribunal may, after giving the parties an opportunity of being heard, reject an appeal in whole or in part at any stage in the appeal proceedings if,

(a)      it considers that the memorandum of appeal discloses no valid ground of appeal;

(b)      it considers that the appellant is not an aggrieved party or person under section-42 of the Act;

(c)      The appellant fails to comply with any provision of these rules, or any direction, or order of the Tribunal.

8.     Defective memorandum of appeal.--(1) If the Tribunal considers that memorandum of appeal is not filed in accordance with Rule 3, is materially incomplete, unduly prolix or lacking in clarity, the Tribunal may give such directions to the appellant as may be necessary to remedy the memorandum of appeal.

(2)      The Tribunal may, if it considers that the efficient conduct of the appeal proceedings so requires, instruct the Registrar to defer forwarding a copy of the notice of appeal to the other parties concerned until after the directions given under sub-rule (1) have been complied with.

(3)      If the memorandum of appeal is not resubmitted within the period specified by the Tribunal the appeal shall stand dismissed.

9.     Appeal Number.--If the appeal is not dismissed in limine, the Registrar shall enter the appeal in a Register maintained for this purpose and assign a number thereto which shall constitute the title of the appeal.

10.   Notice of appeal to all concerned parties.--Notice of admission of appeal and the day fixed for its hearing shall be served on the appellant, the respondents and on such other persons as the Tribunal may deem proper.

11.   Filing of reply to the appeal and other documents by the respondent.--(1) The respondent shall file four copies of reply statement in addition to the copy of the appellant alongwith similar number of documents in a paper-book form with the Registrar within such time not exceeding thirty days.

(2)      Every reply, application or written representation filed before the Tribunal shall be verified in the manner provided in the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (Act V of 1908).

(3)      A copy of every application, reply, document or written material filed by the respondent before the Tribunal shall be supplied to the appellants.

(4)      The Tribunal may, in its discretion, on application by the respondent or other interested party allow the filing of reply referred to in sub-rule (I) after the expiry of the period originally allowed provided sufficient cause is shown.

(5)  Notwithstanding anything contained in this rule, it shall not be mandatory for the Commission to file a reply to the memorandum of appeal filed under these rules. In the absence of any such reply, the impugned order shall be treated as the defense for and on behalf of the Commission.

12.   Consolidation, etc.--Where two or more proceedings are pending in respect of the same decision, or which involve the same or similar issues, the Tribunal may, on the request of a party or of its own initiative, order that the proceedings or any particular issue or matter raised in the proceedings be consolidated or heard together.

13.   Production of additional evidence before the Tribunal.--(1) No party to the appeal shall be entitled to produce additional evidence either oral or documentary before the Tribunal, except with the permission of the Tribunal but if the Tribunal requires any document to be produced or any witness to be examined or any affidavit to be filed to enable it to pass orders, or for any other substantial cause, or, if the adjudicating officer or the first appellate forum have decided the case without giving sufficient opportunity to the appellant to adduce evidence either on points specified by them or not specified by them, the Tribunal may allow such document to be produced or witness to be examined or affidavit to be filed or may allow such evidence to be adduced.

(2)  Where The Tribunal directs that the document may be produced or witness may be examined or evidence adduced before any adjudicating officer or first appellate authority, the adjudicating officer or the first appellate authority, as the case may be, shall comply with the directions of the Tribunal and after compliance shall send the document, the record of the deposition of the witness or the record of the evidence adduced to the Tribunal.

14.   Continuation of proceedings after the death of the aggrieved person.--Where an appellant dies or being aggrieved person is adjudged as insolvent or if the aggrieved party is a company under liquidation, the appeal shall not abate and may be continued by the executor, administrator, successor or other legal representative of the aggrieved person, or by or against the assignee, receiver liquidator, as the case may be.

15.   Withdrawal of appeal.--The appellant may, with the permission of the Tribunal, withdraw his appeal at any stage.

PART-III

POWERS OF THE TRIBUNAL

16.   Powers of the Tribunal.--(1) The tribunal shall, for the purpose of deciding an appeal, be deemed to be a Civil Court and shall have the same powers as are vested in a such Court under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (Act V of 1908) including the powers of;

(a)      summoning and enforcing the attendance of any witness and examining him on oath;

(b)      discovery and production of any document or other material object producible as evidence;

(c)      accept evidence on affidavit;

(d)      requisitioning of any public record from any Court or office and issuing commission for the examination of witnesses and documents; or both

(2)  Any proceeding before the Tribunal shall be deemed to be a judicial proceedings within the meaning of Section 193 and 228 of the Pakistan Penal Code ( Act XLV of 1860), and the Tribunal shall be deemed to be Civil Court for the purposes of Section 195 and chapter XXXV of Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (Act V of 1898).

17.   Head of the Tribunal.--The chairperson shall be the head and shall be responsible for the conduct of the administrative affairs of the Tribunal by exercising powers of Head of the Department.

PART-IV

HEARING OF APPEALS AND DECISIONS

18.   Seat of the Tribunal.--The Tribunal shall ordinarily hold its sittings at its permanent seat at Islamabad but may hold its sittings at any other place within Pakistan if in its opinion the holding of sittings at such other place will be convenient to the parties to proceedings before it.

19.   Date of hearing to be notified.--The Registrar shall notify the date, time and venue of hearing of the appeal to all the parties in such manner as the Tribunal may, by general or special orders direct:

Provided that when next date is fixed in the presence of the parties no notice shall be issued for such date.

20.   Preparation of cause list for hearing.--(1) For any working day the daily cause list shall list out the appeals or applications in the prescribed proforma given at Annex-A.

(2) Cause list for the day shall be prepared by the Reader of the Tribunal and displayed on the notice board by 12:00 noon on the day preceding the date of hearing

21.   Adjournment of Appeal.--The Tribunal may, on such terms as it deems fit adjourn the hearing of the appeal on the request of any party.

22.   Hearing of appeal.--(1) On the day fixed for hearing or on any other day to which the hearing may be adjourned, the appellant shall be heard personally or through his authorized representative, in support of the appeal. The Tribunal shall then hear the respondent or his authorized representative against the appeal and in such a case the appellant shall be entitled to reply.

(2)  All parties appearing before the Tribunal may submit a summary of their arguments provided that the tribunal may not consider such arguments which are included in the summary but not pressed before the tribunal during the course of hearing.

23.   Ex-parte decision and recall of order.--(1) Where on the date fixed for hearing or any day to which the hearing is adjourned, any or both the parties fail to appear, the Tribunal may if it deems fit, dismiss the appeal or application in default or may proceed ex-parte to decide the appeal or application on the basis of the available record.

(2)  The party in default may apply for recalling the orders of dismissal of appeal or application as the case may be within thirty days of the dismissal order. The Tribunal after serving notice to the respondents and hearing both the parties, if satisfied that the appellant was prevented by some sufficient cause recall the order and restore the appeal. In such eventuality, the Tribunal shall fix a date of hearing of appeal or application as the case may be.

Explanation:--In this rule the word “appear” means appearance in person or through an authorized representative.

24.   Application for interim relief.--(1) Any party may submit an application for interim relief together with the bank challan evidencing payment of fee of rupees fifteen thousand:

(2)  An application for interim relief shall state,--

(a)      the subject matter of the relevant proceedings;

(b)      the circumstances giving rise to the urgency;

(c)      the factual and legal grounds establishing a preliminary case for the grant of interim relief by the Tribunal; and

(d)      the relief sought.

(3)      On receiving an application for interim relief, the Registrar shall send a copy thereof to each of the other parties to the proceedings and inform them of the date by which they may submit written or oral submissions to the Tribunal.

(4)      The Tribunal shall fix a date for hearing of the application for interim relief and after hearing both the parties pass an appropriate order.

(5)      If the urgency of the case so requires, the Tribunal may grant the interim relief subject to notice to other side for a short date and after hearing both the parties the Tribunal may confirm or recall its earlier order.

25.   Decision of appeal.--The Tribunal in appeal may, confirm, remand, set aside the impugned order and may enhance, reduce the penalty or make such other order as it may deem just and equitable in the circumstances of the case.

26.   Issue of directions by Tribunal.--The Tribunal may make such orders, or give such directions, as may be necessary or expedient to give effect to its orders or to prevent abuse of its process or to secure the ends of justice.

PART-V

REGISTRAR

27.   Functions of the Registrar.--(1) The Registrar of the Tribunal shall discharge his functions under general superintendence of the Chairperson and shall discharge such other functions as are assigned to him under these rules or by a separate order in writing by the Tribunal. The Registrar shall have the custody of the records of the Tribunal.

(2)      The official seal of the Tribunal shall be kept in the custody of the Registrar.

(3)      Subject to any general or special direction by the Tribunal, the official seal of the Tribunal shall not be affixed to any order, summons or other process save under the authority in writing from the Tribunal.

28.   Additional functions and duties of Registrar.--(1) In addition to the functions and duties assigned in the preceding rule, the Registrar shall also have, subject to any general or special orders of the Tribunal, the following functions and duties, namely:--

(a)      to receive all appeals, replies and other documents;

(b)      to require any appeal presented to the Appellate Bench to be amended in accordance with these rules or the relevant law;

(c)      subject to the directions of the Bench to fix the date of hearing of the appeals or other proceedings and issue notices thereof;

(d)      to order grant of copies of documents or proceedings to parties;

(e)      to grant leave to inspect the record of the Tribunal in a particular appeal case;

(f)       to dispose of all matters relating to the service of notices or other processes, application for the issue of fresh notice or for extending the time for or ordering a particular method of service on a respondent including a substituted service by publication of the notice by way of advertisement in the newspapers;

(g)      to requisition records from the custody of any adjudicating authority;

(h)      to maintain record of appeal cases received by the Tribunal in good order;

(i)       maintain a proper record of the documents which are destroyed after completion of the period;

(j)       to submit to the Chairperson a statement showing institution of cases for each month; and

(k)      to submit to the Chairperson a statement showing year-wise pendency.

(2)  In case the post of Registrar is vacant, the powers and functions of the Registrar shall be performed by any other official authorized by the Chairperson to perform the powers and functions of the Registrar.

PART-VI

FEE

29.  Fee.--(1) Every memorandum of appeal and compensation application shall be accompanied with a copy of bank challan evidencing payment of fee as provided in sub-rule (2).

(2) (i) The amount of fee payable in respect of appeal with regard to the penalty and compensation made to the Tribunal shall be as follows:--

Penalty

 

Appeal of penalty imposed

 

Amount of fee payable

1

More than one lac and less than rupees two lacs

:

Rs. 5,000

2

Two or more than Rupees two lacs

:

Rs.5000 plus Rs. 1,000 for every additional one lakh of penalty or fraction thereof, subject to a maximum of Rs. 500,000

Compensation application

 

Amount of compensation claimed

 

Amount of fees payable

1

Less than rupees one lac

:

Rs. 1,000

2

One or more than Rs. 1 lac

:

Rs. 1,000 plus Rs. 1000 for every additional one lakh of compensation claimed or fraction thereof, subject to a maximum of Rs. 500,000

(ii)      Amount of fee payable in respect of any other appeal against a direction or decision or order of the commission under the Act shall be rupees ten thousand.

(3)      The Tribunal may, to advance the cause of justice and in suitable cases, waive payment of fee or portion thereof, taking into consideration the economic condition or indigent circumstances of the petitioner or appellant or applicant or such other reason, as the case may be, by an order for reasons to be recorded.

(4)      The Tribunal in consultation with the Federal Government may review the rates of fee

30.   Scale of copying fee.--(1) Copying fee shall be as follows:

(a)      for the first page or part thereof……………Rs.50/-; and

(b)      for every additional page or part thereof.....Rs. 20/-.

(2)      Fee shall be recovered in advance by way of depositing in government treasury through bank challan.

(3)      Where a party applies for urgent delivery of a copy of order or any document, the fee chargeable shall be two times of the rate prescribed by sub-rule (1).

31.   Procedure and fee for inspection of record.--(1) For inspection of record an application in writing shall be made by either party in appeal to Registrar or any person authorized by the Chairperson.

(2)  Fee for inspecting records and registers of the Tribunal shall be five hundred rupees payable in advance by way of depositing in government treasury through bank challan.

32.   Reconciliation of copying and inspection fee.--The Registrar shall, by the fifth day of each month, obtain the progressive total of receipts from the treasury regarding inspection and copying fee.

PART-VII

RECORD OF THE TRIBUNAL

33.   Arrangement of Record.--(1) The record of appeals, and other petitions shall consist of two parts, namely 'Part-A' and 'Part-B'.

(2)      The document specified in Schedule-II shall form 'Part-A' of the record unless otherwise directed by the Chairperson, all other documents shall form 'Part-B' of the record.

(3)      Before consigning the record of an appeal and other petition to the record room:--

(a)      the record shall be arranged into 'Part-A' and 'Part-B'; and

(b)      every document shall be marked according to arrangement referred to in Clause (a) with letter 'A' or, as the case may be, letter 'B'.

          Explanation: The expression “documents” used in this rule includes all form of electronic record.

34.   Preservation of record.--The documents forming part of appeals, and other petitions specified in Schedule-I shall be preserved for the period specified in Schedule-III, which shall be reckoned from the date of final order of the Tribunal:

Provided that the Chairperson may for reasons to be recorded in writing order preservation of any document beyond such period.

35.   Manner of destruction of record.--(1) After the expiry of the period of preservation specified in Schedule-Ill, the record of the appeals, and other petitions shall be destroyed in the manner hereinafter prescribed under the direction and supervision of the Registrar or any officer authorized by the Chairperson in this behalf

(2)      All Court fee stamps, affixed to documents which are to be destroyed, shall be removed there from and burnt.

(3)      The record shall be destroyed by tearing or otherwise so that no document may be used again.

(4)      After destruction of the record, the officer under whose supervision the record was destroyed shall certify that the destruction has been rendered such record of no use.

(5)  All papers which are rendered of no use after destruction shall be sold as waste under the orders of the Registrar and the proceeds of the sale shall be credited to the Government treasury.

36.   When Part “B” of the record to be destroyed.--Unless otherwise directed by the Tribunal, Part “B” of appeals and other petitions filed therewith-shall be destroyed before the record is consigned to the record room:

Provided that where an application for reference lies before a high Court, Part “B” of appeal or miscellaneous petition shall be preserved until the period of its limitation has expired or where such application has been filed or a leave to appeal has been preferred to the Supreme Court and has been admitted till the order of the High Court, as the case may be is communicated to the Tribunal:

Provided further when an appeal is dismissed for default or is heard ex-parte, Part “B” of such appeal shall not be destroyed until the expiry of six months from the date of the final order of the High Court or Supreme Court, as the case may be.

37.   Fact of the destruction to be recorded.--The fact of destruction of appeals and other petitions shall be recorded under the signatures of the Registrar immediately after their destruction in the register in which such appeals, applications for reference and petitions are entered and also in the index prefixed to the record.

38.   Classification, maintenance and preservation of registers.--The registers of the Tribunal shall be maintained in the language of the Tribunal and divided into the following classes, namely:--

(a)      primary registers maintained for showing institution and disposal of appeals, petitions;

(b)      subsidiary registers maintained for administrative purposes; and

(c)      statistical registers maintained for preparing monthly and annual returns of the Tribunal.

39.   Preservation and destruction of returns and other papers.--(1) The periodical returns, correspondence, personal files of members, officers and employees of the Tribunal and other papers not specified in Schedule II and Schedule III shall be preserved for such period as is specified in Schedule IV and destroyed thereafter.

(2)  The period for which the return or the other papers are to be preserved shall be reckoned from the first January following the date which it bears.

Illustration: Papers of 2014 which under this rule have to be retained for one year shall become liable to destruction after the 31st December 2015.

(3)  Where any paper is destroyed, the letter “D” shall be marked in red ink against the entry in the register in which such paper is entered.

40.   Inspection of record of the Tribunal.--(1) The members of the Tribunal shall jointly inspect record of the Tribunal with specific reference to the functions of the Registrar and ministerial staff twice a year.

(2)      The inspection shall commence on 1st working day of September and March every year or on the succeeding day when the preceding day happens holiday or any Member is on leave

(3)      Inspection shall focus on the working of the ministerial staff and the Registrar. Emphasis shall be given to inspection of records of old cases pending to expedite disposal thereof. Registers and other records shall be inspected to check if any lapse has occurred and to arrange for destruction all such registers and record that need to be destroyed.

(4)      Any flaw found in the working of the office of Registrar and or of the ministerial staff or any irregularity or illegality committed by them shall be recorded in the inspection report a copy of which shall be given to the Registrar or the concerned ministerial staff to explain the circumstances under which such irregularities or illegalities were committed and whether remedial action has been taken to avoid such lapses in future or not. The report of inspection shall be completed within fifteen days from the date of its commencement.

(5)      A copy of the inspection report shall also be sent to the chairperson.

PART-VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

41.   Seal of the Tribunal.--(1) There shall be a seal of the Tribunal on which its name and insignia shall be inscribed.

(2)  The seal shall remain in the custody of the Registrar or such other officer as the Chairperson may direct and shall be affixed on every order passed by the Tribunal.

42.   Notice to be signed by the Registrar.--Every notice shall be signed by the Registrar or any other officer of the Tribunal authorized by the Chairperson in this behalf and shall bear the seal of the Tribunal.

43.   Review of the rules.--The members may meet after every two years or earlier as may be deemed appropriate by the Chairperson, to review the existing Rules.

44.   Computerization.--For the purposes of effective and efficient case management, the Chairperson may from time to time, subject to the availability of resources, direct the Registrar for enforcement of these rules through computerization.

45.   Language of the Tribunal.--(1) The language of the Tribunal shall be English or Urdu.

(2)  Appeal, application, representation, document or other matters contained in any language other than English or Urdu shall only be admissible where a true copy of translation thereof in English accompanies the same and in the manner as deemed appropriate by the Tribunal.

46.   Dress, office hours and holidays.--(1) The Chairperson and members of the Tribunal shall wear the same dress as prescribed for the Judges of the High Court.

(2)      The Tribunal shall observe holidays as under:

(a)      Holidays as notified and declared by the Federal Government;

(b)      Winter vacations from the 24th December to 1st January every year; and

(c)      Summer vacations from 15th July to 31 st August, every year.

(3)      During winter and summer vacations the Registrar and ministerial staff shall remain present in the Tribunal to receive appeals and applications and to conduct other ministerial work.

(4)  The timings for hearing of appeals and miscellaneous applications by the Tribunal shall be from 9.00 am to 1.00 pm on working days provided the roster of cause list for the day is completed.

(5)  Friday shall be the judgment writing day and no hearing, except in urgent matter shall take place.

47.   Plural remedies.--A memorandum of appeal shall not seek relief or reliefs therein against more than one order unless the reliefs prayed for are consequential.

48.   Order to be signed and dated.--(1) Every order of the Tribunal shall be signed and dated by the Members comprising the Tribunal who may, subject to recording of reasons in writing, pass interim orders or injunctions in the interest of justice.

(2)  The order shall be pronounced in the sitting of the Tribunal.

49.   Correction in order.--Clerical or arithmetical mistakes arising in an order of final adjudication from any accidental slip or omission may at any time, be corrected by a Tribunal either on its own motion or on an application made by any of the parties.

50.   Hearing to be in Public.--The hearing of any appeal or claim for damages shall be in public except to any part where, in a particular case, the Tribunal considers is otherwise, with reasons to be recorded.

51.   Order to be communicated to parties.--The Tribunal shall, after the order is signed, cause it to be communicated to the appellant and to the respondent, announce to the parties in open Court.

SCHEDULE I

FORM A (See Rule 3)

Before the Competition Appellate Tribunal Islamabad.

A. B - Appellant(s)

Versus

CD... and other respondent(s)

Appeal under Section 42 read with section(s) (specify the relevant provisions invoked in the appeal).

1.       Jurisdiction of the Competition Appellate Tribunal.

The appellant declares that the subject matter of the appeal falls within the jurisdiction of the Appellate Tribunal.

2.       Limitation.

The appellant further declares that the appeal is within the limitation period as prescribed in Section 42.

3.       Facts of the case and the details of the orders against which appeal is preferred:

The facts of the case are given below:

(give a concise statement of facts and grounds of appeal against the specific order in a chronological orders, each paragraph containing as nearly as possible, a separate issue or fact).

4.       Relevant provisions of law

(Reference must be made to all the relevant provisions invoked and to be relied upon in the appeal).

5.       Legal grounds

(Give all the legal grounds with reference to the law they are based upon).

6.       Relief sought

In view of the facts mentioned in paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 above, the appellant prays for the following relief: (specify the relief(s) sought, explain the grounds for relief(s) and the legal provisions, if any, relied upon).

7.       Matter not pending with any other etc.

The appellant further declares that the matter regarding which this appeal has been made is not pending before any Court of law or any other authority or any other Tribunal.

8.       Details of index

An index containing the details of the documents to be relied upon is enclosed.

9.       List of enclosure

10.     Signature of the appellant / authorized representative.

11.     Verification

1.   (name in full in block letters) son / daughter / wife of ____________ being the appellant / authorized representative of (____________) do hereby solemnly declare that the foregoing constitutes full, true and plain disclosure of all material facts and nothing has been concealed, and that the contents of paras 1-10 are true to my personal knowledge and belief.

Verified today this…………..day of ………………..

Signature of the appellant / authorized representative

Place:

Date:

SCHEDULE-II

[See Rule 34]

Part “A”

1.         Part A of the judicial record shall consist of the following documents, namely:--

(a)      Folder containing the particulars of appeals, petitions and brief abstract of the orders of the Bench;

(b)      order sheet or chronological abstract of orders;

(c)      original copy of memorandum of appeal;

(d)      original copes of petitions;

(e)      affidavits;

(f)       interlocutory orders of the Benches;

(g)      judgment or any other final order;

(h)      all notes in the handwriting of the Members; and

(i)       judgments and orders of High Courts and Supreme Court.

2.         Subject to any direction by the Tribunal to the contrary, part-B of the record shall consist of all documents in such records as are not indicated as belonging to part-A.

SCHEDULE-III

[See Rules 35 and 36]

Preservation of Record

(a)      Documents to be preserved permanently.

(i)       Part “A” of the appeals, and petitions; and

(ii)      Judgments of the High Court, Supreme Court in constitutional petitions.

(b)      Part B of a judicial record and applications of a miscellaneous character filed with such record shall be destroyed before such record is consigned to the record-room:

          Provided that the Chairperson may for the reasons to be recorded in writing order preservation of any document beyond such period:

          Provided further that where an appeal lies to the Supreme Court of Pakistan, part B of the record of such appeal shall be preserved until the period for the presentation of an appeal has expired, or where an appeal has been made, till the judgment of the Supreme Court of Pakistan, has been communicated to the High Court:

          Provided also that when a case by the Tribunal has been dismissed for default or heard ex-parte, part-B of the record shall not be destroyed until the expiry of six months from the date of the decision:

SCHEDULE-IV

[See Rule 39]

Preservation of Return and other papers

(a)      Return,--

          to be preserved for two years,--

(i)       index of judicial correspondence; and

(ii)      budget estimates;

(b)      Correspondence to be, preserved for one year,--

(i)       reminders;

(ii)      charge certificate; and

(iii)     letters asking for circulars, copies of rules, petitions for employment private letters and petitions asking for information regarding rules or the outstanding claims of the Tribunal etc;

(c)      Personal files of official of the Bench,--

(i)       who die while in service shall be preserved for three years after their death, provided there are no outstanding claims on the part of their heirs; and

(ii)      who have retired shall be preserved until their death, provided that no file shall be destroyed before three years from the date of retirement even if death occurs within three years of retirement;

(d)      Account statements,--

(i)       to be preserved for one year,--

          sub-vouchers for twenty five rupees or less which are not submitted to audit;

(ii)      to be preserved for three years,--

          bills and vouchers for over twenty five rupees counter-foils and miscellaneous account papers;

          Note: It shall be ensured that no bill or voucher is destroyed, even after expiry of the period mentioned above until all audit objections, if any relating to it have first been settled; and

(iii)     to be preserved permanently unless otherwise directed by the Bench; Cash books, journals and ledger accounts.

ANNEX-A

(See Section 20)

GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN COMPETITION APPELLATE TRIBUNAL CAUSE LIST OF CASES FIXED FOR HEARING

S.No.

APPEAL No.

NAME OF APPELLANT (S)

NAME OF RESPONDENT (S)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)












 

 

 

-------------------------

NOTIFICATION

PAKISTAN NATIONAL COUNCIL OF THE ARTS EMPLOYEES CONTRIBUTORY PROVIDENT FUND RULES, 2015.

[Gazette of Pakistan, Extraordinary, 9th August, 2015]

S. R. O. 778 (I)/2015.--In exercise of the powers conferred under Section 10 of the Pakistan National Council of Arts Act, 1973 (LIX OF 1973 & Clause 30 of PNCA Service Rules 1994, the Federal Government is pleased to make the following rules, namely:--

1.     Short Title and Commencement:--

1.1.    These rules may be called The Pakistan National Council of the Arts Employees Contributory Provident Fund Rules, 2015.

1.2.    They shall come into force with immediate effect.

2.     DEFINITIONS

(i)       'Council' means Pakistan National Council of the Arts established under PNCA Act, 1973;

(ii)      'Rules’ means these rules as in force for the time being;

(iii)     'Board' means Board of Governors of the Council;

(iv)     'Sanctioning Authority' means the Director General of the Council appointed in terms of Clause 5 of PNCA Act, 1973.

(v)      'Employees’ means the employees of the Council whose services have been regularized in terms of Clause 5 (ii) of PNCA Service Rules, 1994;

(vi)     'Member' means an employee of the Council who by these Rules is admitted to membership of the C.P. Fund;

(vii)    'Month' means calendar month;

(viii)   'Family' for the purpose of entitlement of C.P Fund under the C.P Fund Rules includes the following relatives of an employee;

(a)      in the case of a male member, the wife or wives and children of the member, and the widow or widows and children of a deceased son of the member, in their absence any next of the kin of subscriber:

          Provided that if a subscriber proves that his wife has been judicially separated from him and has ceased under customary law of the community to which he belongs to be entitled to maintenance, she shall henceforth be deemed to be no longer member of the subscriber’s family in matters to which these rules relate, unless the subscriber subsequently indicated by express notification in writing to the Director General that she shall continue to be so regarded;

(b)      In the case of female member, the husband and children of the member, in their absence any next of the kin of subscriber:

          Provided that if a subscriber by notification in writing to the Director General expresses her desire to exclude her husband from family, the husband shall henceforth be deemed to be no longer a member of the subscriber’s family in matters to which these rules relate, unless the subscriber subsequently cancels in writing her notification excluding him:

          Provided further that in either case if the child of the subscriber has been adopted by another person and if, under the personal law of the adopter, adoption is legally recognized as conferring the status of natural child, such a child shall be considered as excluded from the family of the subscriber.

(ix)     'No-Objection Certificate' means a certificate by the divisions/Sections of the Council that all dues against the retiring employee up to date of retirement have been realized and that nothing is outstanding against the retiring employee upto the date of retirement;

(x)      'Salary' means basic pay received by a member from the Council, excluding any allowances, honoraria, cash awards, overtime;

(xi)     'Contribution' means any sums credited by or on behalf of any member out of his salary, or by the Council out of its own resources, to the individual account of a member in the Fund;

(xii)    'Financial Year' means the period beginning on the first day of July and ending on the last day of June; and

(xiii)   'Accumulated Balance Due' means the balance due to the Credit of a Member or such portion thereof as may be claimable by him under these Rules on the day he ceases to be an employee of the Council;

(xiv)   'Investment Committee' means the Investment Committee constituted under Rule 8 of these Rules for the investment, sale proceeds of the Fund’s assets;

3.     OBJECTIVE

          The objective of the C.P. Fund is to accumulate certain sums for benefit of the employees of the Council and their families in the event of employees leaving service of the Council, due to but not limited to, termination of service, resignation, retirement, or death.

4.     APPLICATION

4.1     These rules shall apply to all employees hence on regular establishment of the Council as per Clause 5(ii) of PNCA Employees Service Rules, 1994.

4.2     These rules shall not apply to:--

(i)       Employees on probation.

(ii)      Employees appointed on contract only if so provided in their contracts.

(iii)     Employees appointed on casual basis and on such other establishments as are paid from contingency

(iv)     Government servants in permanent service of Government or holding substantive appointment in government.

(v)      Retired Government servants who have been re-entered in the Council.

5.     THE FUND

5.1     The fund shall be called PNCA Employees C.P Fund and shall consist of contributions collected under Rules 10.1, 10.2 & 10.7 of these Rules, donations if any, received by the Council, of accumulations thereof, and of interest, credited in respect of such contributions, donations and accumulations, and of any capital gains arising from sale, exchange or transfer of capital assets of the Fund and of no other sums.

6.     MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

6.1     The fund shall be maintained in Pak Rupees.

6.2     The funds shall be administered and managed by the Council and the place of its management shall be at the Head Office of the Council.

6.3     The Fund shall be maintained with any one of the scheduled Banks or National Saving Schemes notified by the Government of Pakistan from time to time and the account shall be jointly operated by any two of the signatories nominated by the Director General, PNCA.

7.     EXPENSES OF MANAGEMENT

          All the expenses including auditor’s fee, costs of accounts books, stationery and all other costs, charges and expenses related to Fund for any reason whatsoever shall be borne by and be charged on the Fund and shall be paid thereto as the Competent Authority may determine. No member nor any representative of a Member shall have any claim upon the Fund in this respect thereof.

8.     CONSTITUTION & FUNCTIONS OF INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

8.1     There shall be an Investment Committee consisting of the following members:--

(a)      Secretary of the Administrative Ministry

(b)      Director General, PNCA

(c)      Joint Secretary of the Administrative Ministry

(d)      Deputy Secretary of the Administrative Ministry

(e)      Director Admin & Accounts, PNCA

(f)       A representative of the members of the Council nominated by the Director General, PNCA on behalf of the members of the Fund

8.2     The main function of the Investment Committee shall be to make decisions for investment of the fund in accordance with the instructions of Finance Division issued from time to time and ‘shall attend to such other functions as may be assigned to it by the Board of Governors of the Council.

9.     MEMBERSHIP

9.1     All employees whose services have been regularized in terms of Clause 5(ii) of PNCA Service Rules, 1994 are eligible to become member of the Fund after completion of their probationary period by signing a written declaration as per Form A appended herewith.

9.2     An employee once having joined the fund shall not be permitted to resign his membership of the Fund whilst he is in the service of the Council.

9.3     Membership of the Fund shall immediately be terminated on the member ceasing to be an employee.

9.4     The Contributions of a Member, absent on leave shall, during the period of such absence, be calculated on the basis of the salary paid to him during such absence and shall be deducted from his salary paid for his absence period.

9.5     The Contribution of member who has availed extraordinary leave without pay shall not be received from such a member.

9.6     The same amount of contribution shall be deposited by the Council with the Fund for an employee who deposits his contribution in terms of Clause 9.4.

10.   CONDITIONS AND RATE OF SUBSCRIPTIONS

10.1   A member shall subscribe to the Fund from the month for which he draws full month’s salary at the rate of 8.333% of his salary with immediate effect.

10.2   Contributions received from members and deposited by the Council into the Fund at the rate of 10% upto the last day before enforcement of these rules shall be taken as opening balances with immediate effect.

10.3   The rate of subscription towards CPF shall be as prescribed by the Finance Division from time to time.

10.4   The members shall authorize the Council to make such deductions by means of a signed letter as per Form B appended herewith.

10.5   In case of resignation, retirement, dismissal from the service of the Council, no deduction will be made for the broken month:

          Provided that if a subscriber quits service otherwise than on resignation or dismissal or dies during the year, contribution shall be credited to his account in respect of subscription for the period between the close of the proceeding year and the date of casualty. The current rate of subscription as announced by Federal Government from time to time, according to Finance Division’s O.M No. F. 1 (5) R-7/87-318 20th July, 2011.

10.6   The Council shall, at each month, contribute a sum equivalent to the Contribution made by each member and deposit into Fund.

10.7   Contributions deducted from the Members and by the Council shall be credited in the Member’s Individual account at the usual time of payment of salary.

11.   BANK ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS

11.1   All the investments of the Fund and bank accounts shall be in the name of the Fund.

11.2   The amounts credited to the Fund not immediately required for the purpose of the Fund shall be invested in the name of the Fund, as the Investment Committee may decide in accordance with the instructions issued by Finance Division from time to time. The investment Committee shall have power to dispose of the investments and to reinvest sale proceeds in such other manner as the Investment Committee may think fit.

12.   INTEREST

12.1   The interest payable to the Members shall be determined in the following manner:-

12.2   As soon as possible after the close of each financial year, the Council shall prepare an Income & Expenditure Statement of the Fund and shall announce the rate of interest computed in the following manner:--

          Interest rate = (Gross profit received for the year +contributions & donations) - (Expenses for the year + withdrawals)

Total Investments

          And interest in proportion to interest rate announced for the year shall be placed to the credit of the Members individual accounts on last day of the year computed on the basis of the formula prescribed by the office of AGPR.

          The Council shall pay such interest on all sums deposited in the fund at the same rate as determined by Federal Government from time to time and the amount of such income shall be yearly placed to the credit of each depositor/subscriber on the 30th June each year. The income shall be expressed in the whole rupee, fifty paisa counting as the next rupee.

12.3   In the event of an employee leaves the service of the Council and thus ceases to be a member during the currency of the financial year, the interest payable to him shall be calculated on monthly basis at the rate of the interest determined for the previous year in accordance with Rule 14(i) from the first day of the financial year upto the date he ceases to be a member.

12.4   If a member claims his C.P Fund payment within three years, interest will be computed on his accumulated balance due on the date of his retirement upto the date of his claim.

12.5   If a member does not claim for his C.P Fund within three years of the date he ceases to be a member of the fund, his C.P Fund will be transferred to Suspense Accounts and he will be paid accumulated balance due upto the date he ceases to be a member of the fund.

12.6   When pay is drawn in Pakistan, recoveiy of subscription on account of pay, and of the amount of advance and charges thereon, shall be made from the pay itself.

12.7   When pay is drawn from any other source, the subscriber shall forward his dues monthly to the Council’s C.P Fund Account.

12.8   For the purpose of this rule the date of deposit shall in the case of recoveries from pay be deemed to be the first day of the month in which they are recovered; and in the case of the amount forwarded by the subscriber, shall be deemed to be the first day of the month of the receipt, if they are received by the Director General on or before the seventh day of the month, or, if they are received after the seventh day of that month, the first day of the succeeding month.

13.     LOSS

          Any loss to the fund including any loss or diminution in value of the investment of the Fund from any cause whatsoever or any other costs related to the Fund or any claim thereon shall for any reason whatsoever shall be borne by and be charged on the Fund.

14.     ACCOUNTS

14.1   The accounts of the fund shall be maintained by the Council in such form and for such period and shall contain such particulars as the Federal Government may prescribe from time to time.

14.2   The accounts of the Fund shall be made up yearly as at the end of each financial year and audited each year by a Chartered Accountant appointed by the Council with the approval of the PAO and as well as by the Federal Government during Audit of PNCA.

14.3   A separate account shall be maintained in respect of each member showing the member’s contributions. Council’s contributions, profit on member’s contributions and profit on Council’s contributions.

14.4   A statement of account of each member prepared at the end of each financial year shall be provided to each member however total accumulated balance at the time of the retirement of a member shall be subject to review and amendments if found necessary at any stage.

15.   ADVANCES

15.1   Advances to the members from the accounts standing to their credit of their contributions shall not be allowed by the Council except on special grounds in the following circumstances:

(a)      To pay expenses incurred in connection with the illness of a member or his family member.

(b)      To pay for the international travel in connection with the health or education of a member or his family member.

(c)      To pay expenses in connection with marriages, funerals or ceremonies which by the religion of a Member, it is incumbent upon him to perform and in connection with which it is obligatory that expenditure should be incurred.

(d)      To meet expenditure on building or purchasing a house or land for house provided that such house or land is mortgaged to the Council.

15.2   The maximum amount of advances shall be Six month’s salary of a member in case of advances for purposes specified in Rule 15.1 (a), (b) & (c) or half of the amount at the credit of the member whichever is less & twenty four months salary or 80% of the amount at his credit whichever is less for the purpose specified in Rule 15.1 (d).

15.3   Second advance shall be sanctioned by the competent authority subject to following conditions.

(a)      The authority sanctioning the second advance shall record reasons for sanctioning the second advance.

(b)      The outstanding balance of the first advance with interest, if any, shall be recovered from the amount of the second advance being sanctioned so that only one advance remains outstanding at one time.

15.4   If a member applies for advance for special reasons and the period of twelve months has been elapsed after repayment of previous advance alongwith interest, he may be sanctioned advance upto 50% of the amount at his credit.

15.5   Recovery of advances

          The refund of advance and payment of interest thereon shall be made in the following manners:--

(a)      The principal amount withdrawn shall be payable is not more than 40 equal monthly installments.

(b)      The interest at the rate announced by the Council for the year during which advance was paid shall be paid in two to five equal monthly installments immediately after the last installment of the principal amount of the advance is repaid.

(c)      Provided that if a member contributing to the fund, opts not to receive interest accruing on his accumulated balance, no interest shall be charged on the advance taken by him from the fund.

15.6  Non-refundable advances

15.6.1 Save as provided as follows a member can apply for non refundable advance in following cases.

(i)       If he has attained the age of 45, 50 or 55 years,

(ii)      If he has to renovate or completely reconstruct his house.

(iii)     If he has to make repayments of the loan taken from any financial institution.

15.6.2 Payments against non refundable advances shall be treated as a part of final payments of C.P Fund to the members.

15.6.3 Only three non refundable advances, one each after attaining age of 45, 50 & 55 years, shall be admissible to a member.

16.   NOMINATIONS

16.1   Each member shall on joining the fund submit a nomination as per Form C & D conferring the right to receive the accumulated balance due in the event of member’s death during his service in the Council.

16.2   A member who has family at the time of joining the fund shall submit nomination as per Form C.

16.3   A person who has no family shall submit nomination as per Form D;

          Provided that a nomination made under this rule shall be deemed to have been duly made in accordance with these rules only for so long as the member has no family.

16.4   If a member at any time attains a family, he shall submit the nomination as per Form C, he shall formally cancel the previous nomination.

16.5   The member may nominate more than one person under these rules, however he shall specify the share payable to each of the nominees in such manner as to cover whole of the accumulated balance due.

16.6   The members can change their nominations from time to time, cancellation of the previous nomination shall be initiated in writing.

16.7   In the absence of a nominee, on the death of a member, the payment of the accumulated balance at the credit of the deceased member due shall be made to his heirs, executors or administrators, as determined by the Council and such payment shall be deemed to be a good charge against all claims on the fund.

16.8   Every nomination or change in nomination by a member shall, to the extent that it is valid, take effect on the date of which it is received by the Council.

17.   PAYMENT

17.1   The accumulated balance due to a member shall be payable to him on the day he ceases to be an employee of Council. Payment will be made upon claim by the person entitled to receive payment and shall include interest.

17.2   The amount of his C.P Fund shall be released on receipt of NOC & claim for his payment and any amount payable by the member to the Council shall be deducted from the accumulated balance due at the time of final payment to him.

17.3   If payment be not claimed within three years from the date such payment is due, the accumulated balance due to the member shall be credited to Suspension Account of the Fund.

17.4   If a member claims for his fund after lapse of three years, he shall be paid only the accumulated balance due on his credit transferred to Suspension Account alongwith the profit upto the date he ceases to be a member of the Council.

17.5   The amount payable at the time of final payment will be ascertained and determined by a certificate signed by two of the signatories and payment of such amount so certified to the member or other person entitled under these Rules shall operate as a full and sufficient discharge of all liabilities of the Fund and of the Council in respect thereof.

18.   SUSPENSION ACCOUNT

          All balances due to the ex-member alongwith interest earned at any time remaining unclaimed after three years shall be transferred to a separate account to be called, “the Suspension Account” in the books of the Fund and shall be paid to the ex-members or their legal representatives without profit, the balance lying in this account shall be applied by the Council for Meeting the losses to the Fund from any cause whatsoever, not being on account of default of the Council.

19.   WINDING UP OF FUND

19.1   The Council may at any time with the consent of its members and shall, if so as directed by the Council, on giving at least six months notice in writing to each member personally or by sending the same by registered post to his last known address, or by posting such written notice in a prominent place in the office of the Council wind up the Fund and distribute its net assets as determined according to these rules to the Members and thereafter the Fund shall cease to have any effect other than for the purposes of determining any right or title or exercising any power or discretions in relation to the winding up of the fund shall be admitted as a member of the Fund after the issue of notice as aforesaid. In the event of the Council going into liquidation whether voluntary or compulsory (save for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) the Fund shall automatically cease and the Council shall thereupon wind up the Fund and distribute its assets as provided in these rules.

19.2   The balance available for distribution to the members on winding up the Fund which will consist of the sale proceeds of all of the investments of the Fund and the proceeds of realization of its assets together with the cash balances then available after making provisions for the payments of all expenses in connection with the closing of the Fund and other liabilities, shall be distributed among the members in proportion to the accumulated balances due to them respectively.

19.3   Prior to the final distribution of its assets the Fund’s accounts shall be audited and the value of distributable assets shall be certified by the Fund’s auditor.

20.   MISCELLANEOUS

20.1   In the absence of rules for or for clarification, GPF Rules of the Federal Government shall be applicable.

20.2   No amendment or addition in the rules shall be made but with the approval of Finance Division.

21.   NOTICES

          Before winding up the Fund, a notice to the members may be given by exhibiting the same at prominent place in the head office and regional offices where the members are posted.

22.   AUDIT

          Audit of the proposed fund shall be made by the concerned Audit Department.

23.   ARBITRATION

          In case of any dispute between the member or his legal representative and the Council, the decision of the Director General, PNCA shall be the final.

---------------------------

FORM “A”

The Director General
PNCA
Islamabad.

Dear Sir,

As I have been a permanent and whole time employee of Pakistan National Council of the Arts for the last six months and as I am continuing in employment, 1 hereby apply to become a member of \PNCA Employees C.P Fund.

I hereby declare that I have read rules and regulations of the Fund and I agree to abide by them and by any subsequent additions to and alternations in the same as may from time to time hereafter be made. I also agree to accept as binding the decision of the Investment Committee on any question which may arise in connection with my membership.

I hereby permit you, if my application for membership is accepted to authorize the Council to deduct 10% of my salary every month as my contribution to the Fund with effect from …………………

I attached herewith nomination form

Name in full     ……………………………………………………………

NIC No. ………………………………………………………………..

Name of appointment and pay………………………………………

Name of establishment ……………………………………………...

Date of joining service ……………………………………………….

Yours faithfully,

 

Signature

Date:--

FORM “B”

The Accounts Officer
PNCA
Islamabad.

Dear Sir,

Consequent to my admission on …………………. to the membership of PNCA Employees C.P Fund and as required by rule of the Rules of the Fund, I hereby authorize you to deduct each month from the date of my becoming the member of the Fund a sum equivalent to the amount contributable by me in accordance with the terms of the fund at the usual time of payment of my salary to me as my contribution to the Fund. Please deposit the amounts deducted into the Fund for credit to my account.

The deductions should commence from the salary payable to me from the month of

Yours Obediently

Name ……………………            Signature ……………………….

Designation …………….            Employee No. …………………..

Department

Date…………………

Form 'C’

When an employ has family and wishes to nominate one member thereof.

I hereby nominate the person mentioned below, who is a member of my family and confer on him the right to receive my accumulated balance due against my C.P. Fund that may be sanctioned by the Council in the event of my death while in service and the right to receive on my death any gratuity which having become admissible to me on retirement may remain unpaid at my death:--

Name and address of the Nominee

Relationship With nominee

Age

Contingencies on the happening of which the nomination shall become invalid

Name and relationship of person if any to whom the right conferred on the nominee shall pass in the event of the nominee pre-deceasing the Government servant

 

 

 

 

 

Dated this ………………………………..day of……………………………20 at ………………………………………………………………………………… Witnesses to signature.

1…………………………….

2…………………………….

Signature of the employee.
_________________________

(To be filled in by the Head of Department.)

Nomination by ……………        Signature of Head of Department

Designation ………………………            Designation……………………

Date ………………………

Form 'D'

When an employee has family and wishes to nominate more than one member thereof:--

I hereby nominate the persons mentioned below, who are members of my family, and confer on them the right to receive to the extent specified below, my accumulated balance due against my C.P. Fund that may be sanctioned by the Council in the event of my death-while in service and the right to receive on my death, to the extent specified below, any gratuity which having become admissible to me on retirement may remain unpaid at my death:--

Name and address(es) of the Nominees

Relationship with the employee

Age

Amount of share of gratuity payable to each

Contingencies on the happening of which the nomination shall become invalid.

Name and relationship of person if any to whom the right conferred on the nominee shall pass in the event of the nominee pre-deceasing the Government servant

 

 

 

 

 

 

N.B.-- The employee should draw lines across the blank space below the last entry to prevent the insertion of any name after he has signed.

Dated this ………………………………..day of……………………………20 at ………………………………………………………………………………… Witnesses to signature.

1…………………………….

2…………………………….

Signature of the employee.
_________________________

(To be filled in by the Head of Department.)

Nomination by ……………        Signature of Head of Department

Designation ………………………            Designation……………………

Date ………………………

----------------------------

 

 

[1]



[1].